Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd.

Head Office: Area Office:

PO Box 44 PO Box 5336 Klapmuts Worcester 7625 6862 Telephone: 021 875 5272 Telephone: 083 2898727 Facsimile: 086 660 2635 Facsimile: 086 660 2635 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

THE PROPOSED UPGRADE OF MAIN ROAD 191 (R45), BETWEEN PAARL AND FRANSCHHOEK

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

In terms of the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act 107 of 1998; NEMA) as amended and the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2014 as amended

June 2017

Prepared for: Provincial Government Western Cape: Department of Transport and Public Works (Roads Infrastructure Branch).

Prepared by: Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants

DJEC Ref: 2010/03

Director: D. J. Jeffery Reg. No. 99/009151/07 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT PRACTITIONER

Company: Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. P.O. Box 44 Klapmuts 7625 Tel: (021) 875 5272 Fax: 086 660 2635 Report written & compiled Marais Geldenhuys by: MA Environmental Management (UJ) Reviewed by: Douglas Jeffery B.Sc.; B.Sc. (Hons); M.Sc. (UCT) Registrations: Professional Natural Scientist registered with SACNASP (159/90); certified Environmental Practitioner with EAPSA; and member of IAIA.

PURPOSE OF THIS REPORT

This report is available for public comment and review as part of the Basic Assessment process undertaken in terms of NEMA as amended and the Amendment to the EIA Regulations, 2014 that came into effect on 07 April 2017.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Applicant: Provincial Government Western Cape: Department of Transport and Public Works (Roads Infrastructure Branch).

Departmental Reference: 16/3/3/6/7/1/B3/28/1281/16.

DJEC Ref: 2010/03

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

CONTENTS

ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT PRACTITIONER ...... 1

PURPOSE OF THIS REPORT ...... 1

GENERAL INFORMATION ...... 1

GLOSSARY ...... 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME DOCUMENT INFORMATION ...... 9

EMPR REQUIREMENTS ...... 11

SECTION 1: GENERAL PROJECT BACKGROUND INFORMATION ...... 13

1.1. INTRODUCTION ...... 14

1.2. SITE DESCRIPTION ...... 14

1.2.1. LOCALITY OF THE SITE ...... 14 1.2.2. BIOPHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 15 1.2.3. DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES ...... 16

1.3. EMPR PHASING ...... 20

1.3.1. PLANNING PHASE ...... 20 1.3.2. CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 20 1.3.3. OPERATIONAL PHASE ...... 20 1.3.4. DECOMMISSIONING PHASE ...... 20

1.4. LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS ...... 20

1.4.1. NEMA ...... 21

1.5. POTENTIAL IMPACTS ...... 23

1.5.1. POTENTIAL IMPACTS FORESEEN DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 23 1.5.2. POTENTIAL IMPACTS FORESEEN DURING THE OPERATIONAL PHASE ...... 24

1.6. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT ...... 24

1.7. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ...... 25

1.7.1. ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE FOR CONSTRUCTION STAGE ...... 25 1.7.2. COMPETENT AUTHORITY: DEA&DP ...... 25 1.7.3. APPLICANT: DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT AND PUBLIC WORKS...... 25 1.7.4. APPLICANTS REPRESENTATIVE ...... 26 1.7.5. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL OFFICER ...... 27 1.7.6. THE CONTRACTOR ...... 28

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

1.7.7. ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITOR ...... 29

1.8. ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS ...... 29

1.9. CONSTRUCTION STAGE EMPR ADMINISTRATION ...... 30

1.10. ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE REPORTING ...... 30

1.10.1. CONSTRUCTION PHASE ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE REPORTS ...... 30 1.10.2. OPERATIONAL PHASE ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITS ...... 30

SECTION 2 ...... 32

PLANNING & CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 32 2.1. AIMS OF SECTION ...... 33

2.2. THE EMPR & CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION ...... 33

2.3. COMMUNITY RELATIONS ...... 33

2.3.1. COMPLAINTS AND INFORMATION ...... 33 2.3.2. AESTHETICS ...... 33

2.4. HEALTH AND SAFETY ...... 33

2.5. METHOD STATEMENTS ...... 34

2.6. PRE-CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ...... 35

2.6.1. APPOINTMENT OF AN ECO ...... 35 2.6.2. SITE ESTABLISHMENT ...... 35 2.6.3. SITE CLEARING ...... 37 2.6.4. SITE FACILITIES ...... 38

2.7. CONTROL OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ...... 39

2.7.1. WORK HOURS ...... 39 2.7.2. TEMPORARY SITE CLOSURE ...... 39 2.7.3. NOISE CONTROL ...... 39 2.7.4. WORKSHOP AND EQUIPMENT ...... 39 2.7.5. GENERAL AESTHETICS ...... 40 2.7.6. MATERIALS HANDLING, USE AND STORAGE ...... 40

2.8. TRAFFIC ACCOMMODATION ...... 44

2.9. WASTE MANAGEMENT ...... 44

2.9.1. SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT ...... 45

2.10. NOISE CONTROL ...... 48

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

2.11. DUST CONTROL ...... 48

2.12. SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ...... 49

2.12.1. DURING CONSTRUCTION ...... 49 2.12.2. STORMWATER CONTROL ...... 50

2.13. PROTECTION OF NATURAL FEATURES AND SYSTEMS ...... 50

2.13.1. PROTECTION OF NATURAL VEGETATION...... 50 2.13.2. PROTECTION OF FAUNA ...... 50 2.13.3. PROTECTION OF AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS & WATERCOURSES ...... 50

2.14. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ...... 51

2.14.1. FIRE CONTROL/PREVENTION ...... 51 2.14.2. ACCIDENTAL SPILLS AND LEAKS ...... 52

2.15. SITE CLEAN UP AND REHABILITATION ...... 52

2.15.1. SITE CLEAN UP ...... 52 2.15.2. REHABILITATION ...... 53 2.15.3. GENERAL ...... 53 2.15.4. GROUND SURFACE PREPARATION ...... 53

2.16. MONITORING ...... 54

2.17. AUDITS ...... 54

2.18. NON-COMPLIANCE ...... 54

2.18.1. PROCEDURES ...... 54 2.18.2. OFFENCES AND PENALTIES ...... 55 2.18.3. INDICATIVE LIST OF PENALTIES ...... 55 2.18.4. PENALTIES ...... 57

SECTION 3 ...... 59

OPERATIONAL PHASE ...... 59

3.1. SECTION AIMS ...... 60

3.2. ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ...... 60

3.3. REVIEW OF SECTION 3 OF THE EMPR ...... 60

3.4. RECORD KEEPING ...... 60

3.5. NON-COMPLIANCE ...... 60

3.6. FUNDING ...... 61

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

3.7. OPERATIONAL MANAGEMENT GOALS ...... 61

SECTION 4: IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EMPR ...... 62

4.1. IMPLEMENTING THE EMPR ...... 63

4.1.1. PLANNING & PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE...... 64 4.1.2. CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 70 4.1.3. OPERATIONAL PHASE ...... 82

ANNEXURES ANNEXURE 1: LOCALITY MAP & SITE LAYOUT DIAGRAMS ANNEXURE 2: METHOD STATEMENT - EXAMPLE TEMPLATE ANNEXURE 3: ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS MATERIAL ANNEXURE 4: TEMPORARY SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST ANNEXURE 5: CONCISE CURRICULUM VITAE OF AUTHOR ANNEXURE 6: ENVIRONMENTAL AUTHORISATION ANNEXURE 7: RIVER MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PLAN

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

GLOSSARY

DEFINITIONS, ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS:

Alternatives Different mechanisms for achieving the general purpose and need of the proposed activity or development. Alternatives may be in terms of location, activity, processes, timing, or “do nothing” (i.e. “no-go” option).

Assessment The evaluation, judgement, organising, rating, interpreting and communicating information which is relevant.

Biota The animal and plant life of a particular region, habitat or ecosystem.

Construction activity Any action taken by the Contractor, his subcontractors, suppliers or personnel in undertaking the construction work, otherwise referred to as “Works”

Construction area(s) All areas used by the Contractor in order to carry out the required construction activities. This includes all offices, accommodation facilities, testing facilities / laboratories, batching areas, storage & stockpiling areas, workshops, spoiling areas, access roads, traffic accommodation (e.g. bypasses), etc.

Applicant/Employer The person applying for Environmental Authorisation or carrying out the activity. The person or legal entity that has made application to the competent authority for environmental authorizations and who will have the overall responsibility to adhere to the relevant legislation and comply with the environmental authorization.

Ecosystem A biological community of interacting organisms (plants and animals) and their physical environment.

Endangered species A species of plant or animal which has been categorised by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red Data List as likely to become extinct.

Endemic A plant or animal species that is native or restricted to a certain area or range.

Environment The surroundings within which humans exist and that are made up of –

 land, water and atmosphere;  micro-organisms, plant and animal life;  any part or combination of the above and the interrelationships among and between them;  the physical, chemical, aesthetic and cultural properties and conditions of the foregoing that influence human health and well-being.

Environmental Authorisation The permission required from the competent authority for an

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

activity as listed according to the NEMA regulations.

Environmental Impact Any change to the environment, whether desirable or undesirable, that would result directly or indirectly from any construction activity.

Environmental Ensuring that environmental concerns are included in all stages Management of development in order to ensure that the proposed activity or development is done in a sustainable manner and does not exceed the carrying capacity of the surrounding local environment.

Hazardous material / Any waste that contains organic or inorganic elements or substances compounds, that may, owing to its inherent physical, chemical or toxicological characteristics, have a detrimental impact on health and the environment.

Indigenous A “native” species of plant or animal that occurs naturally in a particular place or region, and was not artificially or intentionally introduced.

Invasive Alien Plants All undesirable vegetation, defined as but not limited to, all declared category 1 and category 2 plants in terms of the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2014 (Act 10 of 2004; NEMBA), as amended.

Local Authority Otherwise referred to as the “Council” – the local municipal authority that operates or is responsible in said area.

Rehabilitation Returning an area impacted by activities/works to its original or better condition prior to the impacts from the activities/works having occurred.

Significant impact An impact that may, but its magnitude, duration, intensity, or probability, have a notable effect on one or more aspects of the environment.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

ABBREVIATIONS

BA Basic Assessment

BAR Basic Assessment Report

CEC Cation Exchange Capacity

DEA&DP Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning

DEA Department of Environmental Affairs

DW&S Department of Water & Sanitation

EA Environmental Authorisation

EAP Environmental Assessment Practitioner

ECO Environmental Control Officer

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EIR Environmental Impact Report

EMPr Environmental Management Programme

ER Employer’s Representative

HWC Heritage Western Cape

I&AP Interested and Affected Party

IAP Invasive Alien Plants (please see definition above)

LUPO Land Use Planning Ordinance

MS Method Statement

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

NEMA National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998) as amended

NEM:WA National Environmental Management Waste Act, 2008 (Act No. 59 of 2008), as amended

NHRA National Heritage Resources Act, 1998 (Act No. 25 of 1998)

NWA National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998), as amended

PPC&E Personal Protective Clothing and Equipment

SAPIB Suider Agter-Paarl Irrigation Board

SDF Spatial Development Framework

SLM Stellenbosch Local Municipality

RDB Red Data Book

WUL Water Use Licence - in terms of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998)

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME DOCUMENT INFORMATION

This document is submitted in partial fulfilment of the required Environmental Assessment Process being undertaken to obtain an Environmental Authorisation issued by the Department of Environmental Affairs.

Environmental Authorisation is required to be obtained from the competent authority for activities as detailed and specified under the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998; NEMA), as amended.

NEMA is a National Act, which is enforced by the Department of Environmental Affairs & Development Planning (DEA&DP), who is also the Competent Authority.

Should DEA&DP issue a favourable Environmental Authorisation (EA) for the proposed activities and accepts the Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) as part of the process; this will confer a legal obligation to comply with the specifications of the EMPr on the Applicant. This EMPr includes all relevant documentation contained or referred to within it, along with any amendments or annexures to this document. DEA&DP must approve any changes to the EMPr.

It is then the responsibility of the Applicant to undertake the following:

 Ensure that all requirements of the EMPr are met for the duration of the construction works and during the operational phase of the development. The Applicant or holder of the EA always has the ultimate responsibility to ensure compliance in South African law.

 Appoint an Environmental Control Officer (ECO) to monitor the implementation of the construction phase of the EMPr, where required to do so by DEA&DP. Appoint and ECO to monitor any other aspects covered in this document or its annexures that expressly calls for an ECO to be involved.

 Bind any and all contractors undertaking work on these sites, to the specifications in this same Environmental Management Programme, as well as annexures and any amendments thereto.

The above being noted, the EMPr document in principal is intended to be a living/organic document with some flexibility. This having been said any significant changes or updates must undergo the prescribed amendment application process. It must be noted that this process will involve an administration fee from DEA&DP and may also require a public participation process if deemed necessary by the DEA&DP.

This EMPr comprises of three main sections and annexures:

Section 1 – General Information & Background

This section provides the relevant background to the project. This insures that an overall understanding of the site and the activities required is achieved for all relevant parties.

Section 2 – Construction Phase EMPr

This section addresses all issues relating to the physical construction, preparation for construction, monitoring during construction, decommissioning of non-permanent items on the site as well as the landscaping and rehabilitation directly after construction is completed. This section will have most relevance to any appointed contractors.

Section 3 – Operational Phase EMPr

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

This section details the environmental requirements for the project/activity in the long term, listing the management guidelines to be used during the operational or functional phase.

Section 4 –Implementation of the EMPr

This section is provided to assist the developer, design team, engineer and contractor with the effective implementation of this EMPr and serves as a quick reference guide to the EMPr, but must be read in conjunction with the entire document.

Annexures

The annexures attached to this EMPr are referred to in the Sections 1, 2 and 3 of this document. All three sections must be read in conjunction with the Annexures.

Although sections 2 and 3 are implemented at different stages of the project the sections of this EMPr cannot be read in isolation to one another. The document and its annexures must therefore be distributed and viewed as a whole.

At the time of drafting this EMPr some document that are intended by the author to become part of the EMPr may not have as yet been available and therefore blank annexure pages have been left open with the intention that as soon as the required documents are available these will be inserted into the EMPr without the need to amend the entire EMPr itself.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

EMPR REQUIREMENTS

Appendix 4 of Regulation 326 of the Amendments to the EIA Regulations, 2014 contains the required contents of an Environmental Management Programme (EMPr). The checklist below serves as a summary of how these requirements were incorporated into this EMPr.

Requirement Description Marais Geldenhuys of Doug Jeffery (a) Details of the EAP who prepared the EMPr; and Environmental Consultants. Refer to page 1 or this report. See Annexure 5 (b) The expertise of the EAP to prepare an EMPr, including a curriculum vitae. Section 1.2 (c) A detailed description of the aspects of the activity that are covered by the EMPr as identified by the project description. See Annexure 1 (d) A map at an appropriate scale which superimposes the proposed activity, its associated structures, and infrastructure on the environmental sensitivities of the preferred site, indicating any areas that should be avoided, including buffers. Section 1.5 (e) A description of the impact management outcomes, including management statements, identifying the impacts and risks that need to be avoided, managed and mitigated as identified through the environmental impact assessment process for all the phases of the development including – (i) Planning and design; (ii) Pre-construction activities; (iii) Construction activities; (iv) Rehabilitation of the environment after construction and where applicable post closure; and (v) Where relevant, operation activities. Sections 2, 3 & 4 (f) A description of the proposed impact management actions, identifying the manner in which the impact management outcomes contemplated above will be achieved and must, where applicable include actions to – (i) avoid, modify, remedy control or stop any action, activity or process which causes pollution or environmental degradation; (ii) comply with any prescribed environmental management standards or practises; (iii) comply with any applicable provisions of the act regarding closure, where applicable; and (iv) comply with any provisions of the act regarding financial provisions for rehabilitation, where applicable. Section 2.16 & 4.1 (g) The method of monitoring the implementation of the impact management actions contemplated

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 11 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Requirement Description above. Sections 10.1 & 4.1 (h) The frequency of monitoring the implementation of the impact management actions contemplated above. Section 1.7 & 4.1 (i) An indication of the persons who will be responsible for the implementation of the impact management actions. Section 1.7 & 4.1 (j) The time periods within which the impact management actions must be implemented. Section 1.7 & 4.1 (k) The mechanism for monitoring compliance with the impact management actions. Section 2.16 (l) A program for reporting on compliance, taking into account the requirements as prescribed in the Regulations. Sections 1.7 & 1.8 (m) An environmental awareness plan describing the manner in which – (i) The applicant intends to inform his or her employees of any environmental risk which may result from their work; and (ii) Risks must be dealt with in order to avoid pollution or the degradation of the environment. None (n) Any specific information that may be required by the competent authority.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

SECTION 1

GENERAL PROJECT BACKGROUND INFORMATION

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 13 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

1.1. INTRODUCTION

Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants has been appointed as the independent Environmental Assessment Practitioner (EAP) responsible for facilitating the legally required environmental Basic Assessment (BA) process for the proposed upgrade of Main Road 191 (MR191), between Paarl and Franschhoek. The Applicant is the Provincial Government Western Cape: Department of Transport and Public Works (Roads Infrastructure Branch) who will undertake the activity should it be approved.

The existing Main Road 191 (MR191) starts at the intersection with Old Paarl Road (MR189) and continues past Simondium in a south easterly direction through Franschhoek towards Villiersdorp. This proposal involves the upgrading of the MR191 between km 0,0 at the intersection with Old Paarl Road and continues past Simondium in a south easterly direction up to km 9,57 near the intersection with Helshoogte Road (MR 172). The study area is located within the Cape Winelands District Municipality (CWDM) of the Western Cape Province. The CWDM covers an area of 22 289 km² and coincides roughly with the boundaries of the geographical area commonly referred to as the Boland. The section of the MR191 earmarked for up-grading is located within the Drakenstein Local Municipality and Stellenbosch Local Municipality.

The portion of the road under assessment traverses seven streams, all of which are tributaries of the Berg River, with the general topography of the area being described as flat with gentle gradients and horizontal curvature. The existing pavement structure comprises mostly of a natural gravel subbase and natural gravel basecourse with a conventional chip and spray bituminous surfacing. Furthermore, the existing road has two lanes with surfaced width of 6,8 metres with a cross section of 2 x 3.4 metres lanes and un-surfaced gravel shoulders, for the most part.

The road is to be upgraded to a Class 1 cross-section and a climbing lane is to be implemented from km 1,0 to km 1,4. Furthermore, the preferred alternative involves the construction of a new double lane road-over-rail bridge to acceptable geometric standards on the eastern side of the existing historic bridge to accommodate both North/Southbound traffic. The existing historical bridge, which is of heritage significance (circa. 1860) will remain. Access will be allowed from the ‘discarded’ section of the MR 191 directly onto the proposed Service Road parallel to MR 189.

1.2. SITE DESCRIPTION

1.2.1. LOCALITY OF THE SITE

The site is MR 191 (km 0.0 to km 9.57) between Paarl and Franschhoek. The site starts from the intersection of MR191 and MR189 (R101), south of Paarl, runs through Simondium and ends before the intersection of MR191 and Helshoogte Road. The site is mostly surrounded by agriculture. The co-ordinates for the start and end point of the proposed upgrade are: S 33° 57’ 02.44” E 18° 48’ 33.39” and S 34° 02’ 21.55” E 18° 43’ 25.25”.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 14 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Figure 1: Aerial view of the site. The section of MR191 that will be upgraded is depicted by the red dashed line and is referred to as “the site”.

Refer to Annexure 1: Locality Map & Site Layout Diagrams.

1.2.2. BIOPHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

There are no sensitive biodiversity features present on site as the site is an established tarred road.

The site would historically have contained Boland Granite Fynbos (endangered), Swartland Alluvium Fynbos (critically endangered), and Swartland Shale Renosterveld (critically endangered) vegetation. Currently, very few remnants of these vegetation types persist, and the surrounding land-use is agriculture, predominantly viticulture.

The section of the MR191 lies to the west of the Berg River as it flows northwards from its confluence with the Dwars River to the N1 and on to Paarl.

The road traverses seven streams, all of which are tributaries of the Berg River in catchment G10C. Three of these are named: the Werda River originates on the slopes of Simonsberg, and flows under the MR191 just north of the intersection with the Helshoogte Road, the Groot River also flows off the slopes of Simonsberg and flows under the MR191 at Simondium, and the Van Wyks River originates in the low hills around the N1, flowing under the MR191 just before it joins the R101. Many of the streams have been highly modified as a result of the construction of the R45 and the railway line, the direct drainage of agricultural runoff from cultivated fields into the streams, channelisation (i.e. the process of shaping the bed and banks of a river into a straighter channel with concentrated flow and little riparian vegetation) and dumping of building rubble and litter. Water quality appears generally poor, based on visual observation of turbidity, odour, and the presence of benthic algae, a good indicator of nutrient enrichment (such as occurs from the discharge of nutrient-rich agricultural runoff).

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 15 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

In many places along the road route, there are patches of wetland that lie between the road and the railway line. It is difficult to determine whether these are natural wetlands, or whether they have been formed as a result of restricted drainage between the road and the railway line, on an underlying geology that is less permeable, such as clay. These are seasonal wetlands, dominated by Pennisetum macrourum and Cliffortia sp., typed as “flats” according to the National Wetland Classification System (SANBI, 2009). At the time of the field visit in August 2011, there was clear standing water in these wetlands, with little or no benthic algae.

1.2.3. DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES

The section of MR 191 under consideration to be upgraded starts at km 0,0 at the intersection with the Old Paarl Road (MR 189) and continues pass Simondium in a south-easterly direction up to km 9,57 near the intersection with Helshoogte Road (MR 172). The road is to be upgraded to a Class 1 cross-section and a climbing lane is to be implemented from km 1,0 to km 1,4. Furthermore, the preferred alternative involves the construction of a new double lane road-over- rail bridge to acceptable geometric standards on the eastern side of the existing historic bridge to accommodate both North/Southbound traffic. Please refer to Appendix B1 and B12.

a. Traffic Signals

Traffic signals are recommended for the proposed realigned MR 191 / MR 189 intersection as well as the upgraded MR 191 / MR 205 intersection. The traffic signals will provide for a higher level of service and will also provide better andsafer pedestrian crossing opportunities than the current scenario. This is especially required at the MR 191 / MR 205 intersection where many of the observed pedestrians are primary school children.

b. Climbing Lane

Speed profiles were done in both directions to determine the position of possible climbing lanes. In accordance with the GD Manual the warrants for climbing lanes are triggered, i.e.

 a speed reduction for trucks exceeding 25 km/h; and

 the Design Hour Volume of Vehicles exceeding the appropriate value.

The Engineers therefore recommend that a climbing lane on the left-hand side be constructed from km 1,0 to km 1,4.

c. Intersection and Access

There are numerous intersections and accesses on this section of MR 191 from km 0,0 to km 9,57. Appendix B4 displays the Western Cape Government standard intersection and farm access details.

d. Bus Stops

Currently there are nine bus stops along the road as indicated in Table 1 below.

Table 1: Existing bus stops. Position (km) Left Right 0.50 x 1.24 x 2.56 x 3.16 x

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 16 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Position (km) Left Right 3.84 x 4.74 x 5.76 x 5.84 x 8.20 x

A public transport study was conducted to evaluate the use of the existing bus stops and to identify other positions which are frequently being used as public transport stops. Sixteen positions were identified during the study and will be investigated as official bus stop positions during the detail design stage and are indicated in Table 2. The bus stops will be implemented according to the Western Cape Government rural bus stop standards as displayed in Appendix B4.

Table 2: Potential bus stops identified during the study. Position (km) Left Position (km) Right 0.6 x 0.6 x 1.280 x 1.460 x 2.540 x 2.540 x 4.200 x 4.180 x 5.160 x 5.220 x 5.840 x 5.960 x 7.960 x 8.020 x 9.320 x 9.350 x

e. Fencing

The fencing over a portion of the road is in a sound state but in some places no fencing exists or the fencing is in a bad condition. It is recommended that new fencing be erected where required to match the existing fencing type.

f. Accommodation of Traffic

The safety and convenience of travelling public is to be considered of utmost importance and every effort must be made to ensure that all temporary road signs, cones, flagmen and speed controls are maintained and effective, and that courtesy is extended to the public at all times.

It is important that the traffic accommodation requirements described in these specifications are adhered to and that all installations meet with the approval of the relevant traffic authority.

Construction work, including the erection and removal of traffic control facilities, shall be executed between sunrise and sunset on Monday to Saturday, inclusive. Traffic accommodation will be provided for the duration of the construction period in the form of two way traffic, or where not possible due to limited width, one-way traffic with the necessary traffic controls. The existing number of lanes for each traffic movement affected by construction shall not be reduced without the written authorization of the Engineer. During the year end break the road sections must be open full width.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 17 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

It should be noted that Sundays are specified as “Special non-working days” in the contract data. In terms of Clause 5.8.1 of the General Conditions of Contract (GCC) 2010, the Engineer’s permission has to be obtained for work to be carried out on special non-working days, for which permission shall be applied for at least two weeks prior to the day.

For half width construction, a stop/go system shall be used during day time, and during night time hours a traffic signal system must be implemented.

The travelling public has the right of way on public roads, and the Contractor shall make use of approved methods to control the movement of his equipment and vehicles so as not to constitute a hazard on public roads.

Failure to maintain road signs, warning signs or flicker lights, etc. in good condition shall constitute ample reason for the Engineer to bring the works to a stop until the road signs, etc. have been repaired to his satisfaction.

The Contractor may not commence constructional activities before adequate provision has been made to accommodate traffic in accordance with the requirements of these specifications and Chapter 13 of Volume 2 of The South African Road Traffic Signs Manual (SARTSM) 2012.

The Contractor shall submit proposals in connection with all signs and accommodation of traffic etc. to the Engineer for approval.

Refer to Appendix B5 for the layout of a Stop/Go operator.

g. Preferred Bridge Location Alternative

In addition, the preferred bridge location alternative involves the construction of a new double lane road-over-rail bridge to acceptable geometric standards ± 250 m east of the existing bridge and intersecting with the existing MR189 (R101) and Main Road 214 intersection, to accommodate both North/Southbound traffic (Figure 2 below). The proposed bridge would pass over the existing railway line which would prevent the vertical clearance issues and ensure that the road is high enough and out of danger from potential flooding. This is considered the preferred option from a hydraulic and geometrical point of view with provision being made for a new road-over-river bridge with 3 spans of 8,1m, 10,6m and 8,1m respectively orthogonal to the Van Wyks River, to accommodate the design flood. The bridge size was determined by the evaluation of the 1:50 year recurrence interval flood line. This was done to not adversely affect the existing property owner downstream of the historical bridge for this recurrence interval flood. In addition a new 2 / 3,0m x 1,8m in situ concrete culvert is proposed at km 0,316 to drain the low point against the proposed road fill. Please refer to Appendix B8 for the Bridge Layout and Design.

Furthermore, no alterations to the existing historical bridge are proposed which will remain to accommodate traffic as a lower order road. While numerous aspects were considered in terms of the viability of the section of the MR 191 that would no longer be required, in terms of this proposal, the following was concluded and would be implemented should this alternative be authorised:

 Access will be allowed from the ‘discarded’ section of the MR 191 directly onto the proposed Service Road parallel to MR 189.

 Maintenance will be undertaken on a regular basis with regards to ensuring that the culverts under the historical bridge are cleared of any debris.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 18 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

 A service road will be constructed (Appendix B1) along the southern side of the MR 189 in order for all accesses along this strip to feed into the new access point proposed along the MR 189 in order to improve the safety aspects of the road.

 The service road will have access to MR 191 & MR 189

Furthermore, this alternative will involve the expropriation of the portion of land required for the proposed bridge and road realignment. Three landowners will be affected namely: Portion 48 of the Remainder of Farm 832, Portion 36 of the Remainder of Farm 832, Portion 47 of the Remainder of Farm 832 and Portion 50 of the Remainder of Farm 832. It must be understood however that the expropriation of land is a separate legal process that follows the standard procedures as set out in the Road Ordinance, 1976 (Ordinance No. 19 of 1976), the Expropriation Act, 1975 (Act No 63 of 1975) and the Constitution of SA, 1996 (Act No 108 of 1996). The rights of each South African citizen are protected in our country’s Constitution. In terms of the Constitution the expropriation process must be “just and equitable” in every way. The expropriation process involves the appointment of an independent evaluator to determine the value of the land expropriated as well as to assess whether the expropriation has any negative effect on the remainder of the affected properties. The landowner will therefore be compensated at 100% of the value of the land required for the road reserve as well as in respect of any negative impact which the expropriation and associated activities (within the road reserve) will have on the remainder of the property. The owner will further also be compensated in respect of any actual financial losses suffered as a direct result of the expropriation, if such losses can be proven. This process is separate and independent of the EIA process.

The general arrangement drawings for the following bridges and culverts are included as Appendix B11:

 km 0,167 Proposed Road over Rail Bridge new plans will be submitted  km 0,204 Proposed Access Road Culvert  km 0,316 Proposed 2 / 3.0m x 1.8m Box Culvert  km 0,391 Proposed Van Wyks River Bridge  km 2,602 Widening of existing 1 / 4.5m x 2.5m Box Culvert  km 3,081 Widening of existing 1 / 3.0m x 1.3m Box Culvert  km 4,729 Proposed 2 / 3.0m x 1.8m Box Culvert to replace existing culvert  km 6,475 Proposed 1 / 2.1m x 2.1m Box Culvert to replace existing culvert  km 6,529 Proposed 2 / 3.6m x 2.6m Box Culvert to replace existing culvert  km 9,193 Widening of existing 1 / 2.3m x 2.7m Box Culvert

Figure 2: Realigned portion of the MR191 showing a bridge over the Van Wyks River & the Railway Line (Appendix A).

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 19 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

1.3. EMPR PHASING

1.3.1. PLANNING PHASE

There are many facets to the planning stage of the project. Despite the fact that the EMPr is not intended to be implemented at the planning stage, a number of the planning process (layout design and basic assessment process, planning approvals, specialist studies etc.) that have taken place feed information directly into the EMPr. It must also be borne in mind that the environmental basic assessment process (of which this EMPr forms part) is in itself intended to be an iterative part of the planning process, considering constrains, impacts and mitigations and providing suitable proposals based on this process for approval.

In certain circumstances however there are pre-construction aspects that must be considered by the applicant, contractors and future property owners as required.

1.3.2. CONSTRUCTION PHASE

It is at this stage at which the implementation of the EMPr begins. The best and most appropriate alternative has been selected and approved through the interactive basic assessment process and are at a stage when the practical process can begin.

The construction stage can be further divided into two parts:

a. Construction Preparation – all aspects that are required to be in place in terms of the EMPr prior to construction are addressed at this point.

b. Construction – the actual physical activities related to the EA commence.

1.3.3. OPERATIONAL PHASE

This stage begins when the construction activities related to the upgrade of the section of the MR 191 are completed and are in operation. The EMPr considers this the start of the operational phase where Department of Transport and Public Works will then undertake the ongoing upkeep of the road upgrades.

1.3.4. DECOMMISSIONING PHASE

No demolishing or removal of any of the development is planned. With correct action, the proposed infrastructure can be maintained in full working condition until further maintenance is required. In the event of future maintenance material must be removed in accordance with the principles described in this EMPr.

Where possible, materials, etc. should be re-used or recycled. Alternatively, if this is not possible, they should be disposed of at an appropriately licensed waste facility. The areas affected by activities should be rehabilitated and re-vegetated if no alternative development or land use is being proposed.

1.4. LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS

The applicant is required to comply with all necessary legislation and policies applicable to development and management of the development. These include but are not limited to

 National Environmental Management Amendment Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998), as amended.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 20 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

 National Environmental Management Waste Act, 2008 (Act No. 59 of 2008), as amended.  National Environmental Management: Biodiversity, 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004)  National Environmental Management: Protected Areas (Act. No. 57 of 2003).  National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998).  Natural Heritage Resources Act, 1999 (Act No. 25 of 1999).  The Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 (Act No. 108 of 1996).  The Land Use Planning Ordinance, 1985 (Ordinance 15 of 1985).  Any other Local Municipal By-Laws.

1.4.1. NEMA

The basic assessment process is being undertaken in terms of the NEMA Amendments to the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2014 that came into effect on 07 April 2017.

NEMA makes provision for the identification and assessment of activities that are potentially detrimental to the environment and which require authorisation from the competent authority based on the findings of an environmental assessment.

In terms of Section 24(5) and 44 of the NEMA as amended, and the NEMA Amendments to the EIA Regulations, 2014 of 07 April 2017 the following Listed Activities require Environmental Authorisation:

Government Notice 983 (Listing Notice 1) Activity 12 The development of—

(i) dams or weirs, where the dam or weir, including infrastructure and water surface area, exceeds 100 square metres; or (ii) infrastructure or structures with a physical footprint of 100 square metres or more; where such development occurs-

(a) within a watercourse; (b) in front of a development setback; or (c) if no development setback exists, within 32 metres of a watercourse, measured from the edge of a watercourse; - excluding-

(aa) the development of infrastructure or structures within existing ports or harbours that will not increase the development footprint of the port or harbour; (bb) where such development activities are related to the development of a port or harbour, in which case activity 26 in Listing Notice 2 of 2014 applies; (cc) activities listed in activity 14 in Listing Notice 2 of 2014 or activity 14 in Listing Notice 3 of 2014, in which case that activity applies; (dd) where such development occurs within an urban area; (ee) where such development occurs within existing roads, road reserves or railway line reserves; or (ff) the development of temporary infrastructure or structures where such infrastructure or structures will be removed within 6 weeks of the

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 21 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

commencement of development and where indigenous vegetation will not be cleared.

Activity 19 The infilling or depositing of any material of more than 10 cubic metres into, or the dredging, excavation, removal or moving of soil, sand, shells, shell grit, pebbles or rock of more than 10 cubic metres from a watercourse; but excluding where such infilling, depositing , dredging, excavation, removal or moving – (a) will occur behind a development setback; (b) is for maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with a maintenance management plan; (c) falls within the ambit of activity 21 in this Notice, in which case that activity applies; (d) occurs within existing ports or harbours that will not increase the development footprint of the port or harbour; or (e) where such development is related to the development of a port or harbour, in which case activity 26 in Listing Notice 2 of 2014 applies.

Activity 24 The development of a road – (i) for which an environmental authorisation was obtained for the route determination in terms of activity 5 in Government Notice 387 of 2006 or activity 18 in Government Notice 545 of 2010; or (i) with a reserve wider than 13,5 meters, or where no reserve exists where the road is wider than 8 metres; but excluding a road – (a) which is identified and included in activity 27 in Listing Notice 2 of 2014; or (b) where the entire road falls within an urban area; or (c) which is 1 kilometre or shorter.

Activity 45 The expansion of infrastructure for the bulk transportation of water or storm water where the existing infrastructure- (i) has an internal diameter of 0,36 metres or more; or (ii) has a peak throughput of 120 litres per second or more; and (a) where the facility or infrastructure is expanded by more than 1000 metres in length; or (b) where the throughput capacity of the facility or infrastructure will be increased by 10% or more; excluding where such expansion- (aa) relates to transportation of water or storm water within a road reserve or railway line reserve; or (bb) will occur within an urban area.

Activity 48 The expansion of- . (i) infrastructure or structures where the physical footprint is expanded by 100 square metres or more; or (ii) dams or weirs, where the dam or weir, including infrastructure and water surface area, is expanded by 100 square metres or more; where such expansion occurs – (a) within a watercourse; (b) in front of a development setback; or (c) if no development setback exists, within 32 metres of a watercourse,

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 22 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

measured from the edge of a watercourse; excluding- (aa) the expansion of infrastructure or structures within existing ports or harbours that will not increase the development footprint of the port or harbour; (bb) where such expansion activities are related to the development of a port or harbour, in which case activity 26 in Listing Notice 2 of 2014 applies; (cc) activities listed in activity 14 in Listing Notice 2 of 2014 or activity 14 in Listing Notice 3 of 2014, in which case that activity applies; (dd) where such expansion occurs within an urban area; or (ee) where such expansion occurs within existing roads, road reserves or railway line reserves.

Activity 56 The widening of a road by more than 6 metres, or the lengthening of a road by more than 1 kilometre- (i) where the existing reserve is wider than 13,5 meters; or (ii) where no reserve exists, where the existing road is wider than 8 metres;

excluding where widening or lengthening occur inside urban areas.

1.5. POTENTIAL IMPACTS

The following potential impacts, as listed below, were identified by the EAP and specialist studies during the Basic Assessment Process will be mitigated by measures identified in the broader EMPr.

1.5.1. POTENTIAL IMPACTS FORESEEN DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE

a. Impact on Soil and Ground Water

There is potential for soil and ground water contamination during the construction phase, as a result of accidental spills or leaks, resulting in product seeping into the ground. The risk of the proposed activities is considered to be negligible after the proposed mitigation measures are implemented.

b. Impact on Vegetation

The disturbance of soils and use of poor topsoil may result in the introduction and spread of invasive alien plants.

c. Impact on Surface Water

Direct loss of riverine or wetland habitat and flora and fauna as a result of the location of borrow pits in sensitive rivers or wetlands. Bulldozing of river banks / wetlands will lead to deterioration and loss of wetland and riverine habitats as well as erosion of exposed soils. The potential disruption of flow regime will lead to nutrient / sediment build-up and eutrophication. Oil and fuel spillages and dumping of building materials may deteriorate wetland and riverine habitat.

d. Socio-economic Impact

The development is expected to generate temporary jobs during the construction phase. The proposed activities are therefore expected to be of a positive nature since the local community will partially benefit from the employment opportunities during the construction phase.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 23 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

e. Potential Noise Impact

Construction vehicles and other construction machinery will increase the noise levels during working hours. Increased noise levels may be a nuisance factor to occupiers of adjacent land. The risk of the proposed activities is expected to be low significance after the proposed mitigation measures are implemented.

1.5.2. POTENTIAL IMPACTS FORESEEN DURING THE OPERATIONAL PHASE

a. Impact on Surface Water

The operation of the upgraded section of road will potentially result in a direct loss of riverine or wetland habitat, increased constriction of flow under road bridges, increased volumes and frequency of stormwater runoff from the road surface, and increased pollution from runoff from road surfaces that may be polluted with hydrocarbons (fuel) and oils, fine sediments and litter. The river maintenance management plan is attached as annexure 7.

b. Socio-economic Impact

The upgraded road will improve road infrastructure, road safety and access. The upgrade of the road may impact on the sense of place of the community. The road realignment will impact on the sense of pace in the area.

c. Potential Noise Impact

Noise levels will increase in the area of the proposed realignment. A Noise specialist was appointed to assess the impact of the proposed road realignment and bridge as described in the preferred alternative from the neighbouring residences. The noise specialist confirmed that the noise levels will not exceed 65dBA at any of the receptors and therefore in terms of the existing Noise Control Regulations (NCR) there would be no legal obligation to implement any noise mitigation procedures.

d. Potential Visual Impacts

After completion of construction activities the sense of place of the area will be altered posing potential visual impacts.

e. Heritage Impacts

The route traverses areas of particular cultural historical significance however these will not be impact on by the proposed upgrading of the MR191.

1.6. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

This EMPr will be presented to the authorities, as part of the Basic Assessment Process, as a condition for environmental authorisation.

Once the DEA&DP has approved the EMPr, the Applicant will then adopt it for implementation during any construction period, as well as the maintenance, upkeep and management of the development during its operational phase.

The DEA&DP must approve any revisions to the approved document. Notification of the revision must be made available to relevant stakeholders.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 24 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

1.7. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The implementation of this EMPr requires the involvement of several stakeholders, each fulfilling a different but vital role to ensure sound environmental management during the construction phase.

1.7.1. ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE FOR CONSTRUCTION STAGE

Details of the organisational structure are presented in the Figure . The structure illustrates the reporting procedures for stakeholders in the implementation of this EMPr.

Authority Employer/Applicant Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning

Employer’s Representative Environmental Control Officer

Contractor

Figure 3: EMPr implementation organisational structure.

The following stakeholders will be involved with the EMPr either during the construction phase, operational phase or both.

1.7.2. COMPETENT AUTHORITY: DEA&DP

In the Western Cape, DEA&DP is the competent authority responsible for issuing environmental authorisations in term of NEMA, NEM:WA, NEM:BA. This Directorate has overall responsibility for ensuring that the Applicant complies with the conditions of its environmental authorisation as well as this EMPr once approved.

During the construction and operational phases of the EMPr the lead authority will have the following role to play:

 Conduct ad hoc compliance inspections.  Read the ECO’s performance reports and take action as deemed necessary.  Whenever necessary, the authorities are to provide assistance in understanding and meeting the specified requirements.  Ensure and timeously recommend suitable corrective measures are undertaken by the Applicant/ER where the applicant has reported non-compliance or when an audit report is received indicating any non-compliance.  Enforcing compliance by the Applicant.

1.7.3. APPLICANT: DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT AND PUBLIC WORKS.

Under South African environmental legislation, the Applicant is accountable for the potential impacts of the activities that are undertaken and is responsible for managing these impacts, both in the construction and operational phases. The Applicant therefore has overall and total

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 25 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME environmental responsibility to ensure that the EMPr is implemented and that both the EMPr and the EA are complied with at all times. The Applicant is also responsible for ensuring that all other environmental and water related legislation is complied with.

The Applicant is responsible for the development and implementation of the conditions of the Environmental Authorisation in terms of the planning and design of the development and construction thereof.

The Applicant remains fully responsible for the implementation of this EMPr, and compliance with the EMPr and EA until such time as an application for amendment indicating a change in ownership or transfer of the EA to another party is submitted to DEA&DP. Only once this amendment application has been approved is this responsibility then shifted to the new holder of the EA.

Amongst the general responsibilities above the applicant is also completely and solely responsible for:

 Ensuring that any changes to the project or aspects thereof, as approved during the EIA process by the issuance of an EA, are timeously communicated to DEA&DP as these may require amendments to the EA via an amendment application process.  Appointing an ECO, and where required an environmental auditor  It is the Applicants responsibility to notify DEA&DP within 24 hours of an occurrence of any non-compliance with the EA, EMPr or any other environmental and water related legislation.  Take the necessary action in terms of non-compliances.  Ensuring that all of the applicants, staff, representatives, contractors, consultants and any other agent operating under the employ of the applicant comply with the EA, EMPr and any other environmental and water related legislation.  Ensuring that all the necessary authorisations and permits have been obtained.  Considering the ECO’s observations and recommendations, taking action where required.

1.7.4. APPLICANTS REPRESENTATIVE

The Employer’s Representative (ER) would act as the Applicant’s (Employer’s) on-site implementing agent and has the responsibility to ensure that the Employer’s responsibilities are executed in compliance with relevant legislation and the environmental authorisation.

Any on-site decisions/inputs regarding environmental management are ultimately the responsibility of the ER.

The on-site ER will have the following responsibilities in terms of the implementation of the Construction phase of this EMPr and assisting the applicant to ensure compliance with the EA, EMPr and any other environmental and water related legislation:

 Ensuring, in conjunction with the applicant, that the authorisations and permits have been obtained and conditions have been met.  Ensure where required by the EA that a notice of commencement is submitted to DEA&DP at least two (2) weeks prior to commencement.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 26 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

 Assist the Applicant with the appointing of an ECO and, where specifically required by the EA an Environmental Auditor.  The ER will ensure that the appointed ECO is paid timeously thereby ensuring an ongoing ECO service.  Should the Applicant or the ER change ECO’s, should the applicant or ER cancel the ECO’s services (either verbally, in writing or implied due to non-payment of fees) or should the ECO terminate their services the ER must notify DEA&DP of this in writing within 14 days.  Take action in regards to any non-compliance that is reported on or noted.  Ensuring that the Applicant is aware of any environmental non-compliance on site.  Considering the ECO’s observations and recommendations.  Ensuring that ECO is made aware of any changes in terms of the project.  Reviewing and approving the Contractor’s method statements.  Ensuring that all Contractor’s and Sub-contractors are implementing the EMPr and meeting the necessary requirements of the EA.  Ensuring that all works are occurring within the permitted areas.  Assisting the Contractor in finding environmentally responsible solutions to problems.  Ordering the removal of person(s) and/or equipment not complying with the EMPr specifications.  Ensure that the ECO is provided with any documentation required from the project team or contractors.  Issuing fines for transgressions of site rules and penalties for contravention of the EMPr, with input from the ECO and providing proof in this regard.

1.7.5. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL OFFICER

The Environmental Control Officer (ECO) will be an independent environmental consultant appointed by the Applicant. The role of the ECO is to assist with the monitoring and where possible to provide guidance in terms of environmental matters.

The ECO will regularly monitor and review the on-site environmental management and implementation of the construction phase of this EMPr.

The ECO is not responsible for ensuring or enforcing compliance with the EA, EMPr or any other environmental and water related legislation. This is the responsibility of the applicant and authorities. The role of the ECO is that of a monitoring and supportive function and advising the Applicant of non-compliance with respect to the conditions of the EA.

The ECO’s duties consist of the following:

 Where required, provide assistance in terms of the Notice of commencement to DEA&DP.  Conducting regular site inspections at the frequency as stipulated in Section 1.10.1.  Monitoring and verifying as far as possible adherence to the EMPr and the environmental authorisation.  Monitoring and verifying that environmental mitigation measures are in place where necessary to facilitate keeping environmental impacts to a minimum.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 27 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

 Reporting to the applicant and the applicant’s representative any relevant observations made during site inspections.  The ECO will report all noted/observed non-compliances with the EMPr and EA to the applicant’s representative.  As far as possible advise the applicants representative in regards to environmental matters that may become an issue.  Reviewing the Contractor’s construction method statements together with the ER.  The ECO will make recommendations to the ER, with regards to the issuing of penalties in accordance with the EMPr.  Facilitating and maintaining of open and direct lines of communication between the ER, Employer, Contractor and where necessary, the public, with regard to environmental matters.  Assisting with the appointing of the relevant specialists (botanists, wetland specialists, etc.), as required, to advise the Engineer, Applicant or ER.  Assist the contractor with basic awareness training of all construction staff, as to the requirements for working on the site.  Assisting the Contractor in finding environmentally responsible solutions to problems.  Monitor that environmental awareness training is conducted with all personnel and sub- contractors coming onto or entering the site and assisting with this where necessary.  Advising on the removal of person(s) and/or equipment not complying with the specifications (via the ER).  Recommending the issuing of fines for transgressions of site rules and penalties for contraventions of the EMPr to the ER for action.  Reporting to the applicant on the implementation of the EMPr and compliance with the environmental authorisation on a regular basis.  Where necessary, recommending additions and/or changes to the EMPr to the directorate.  The ECO will draft an environmental performance report on a monthly basis (except during shutdown periods). This report will be submitted to the Contractor, ER and to the DEA&DP. The ECO may submit this via email, however a hard copy must be submitted to DEA&DP.

1.7.6. THE CONTRACTOR

The contractor is bound by the requirements of this EMPr. The Contractor will be subject to the issuance of penalties by the ER as stipulated herein. Any damage to the environment temporary or otherwise as a result of non-compliance with this EMPr will be made good at the contractors cost. In addition the Contractor will have the following responsibilities:

 The Contractor will ensure that all senior and management staff involved with the project are aware and familiar with the requirements of this EMPr.  The ECO will assist with the environmental induction training of site staff. It is the contractor’s responsibility however to ensure that all staff and sub-contractors attended and undergo the necessary environmental site inductions. The Contractor will maintain a register of all staff and sub-contractors that have undergone an environmental site induction.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 28 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

 The contractor will adhere to and comply with all of the requirements and specifications of this EMPr. Any non-compliance will be reported to the ECO and ER immediately.  The contractor is fully responsible for all sub-contractors and service providers and their compliance with this EMPr on site. The Contractor will ensure that all sub-contractors and services providers are made aware of the requirements of the EMPr and that they have a responsibility to comply with the EMPr.  The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all sub-contractors and service providers comply with this EMPr.  The Contractor will read the ECO performance reports and take action as required.

1.7.7. ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITOR

Where required by the EA an environmental auditor will be appointed by the applicant. The auditor will be an independent environmental consultant. The auditor will carry out a compliance audit based on the EA and EMPr of all of the activities being undertaken.

The auditor will conduct and report audit with findings based on the audit requirements stipulated in the EA. Any audit costs are for the Applicants account and are in addition to regular ECO services.

The environmental audit report must be submitted to the relevant competent authority, in this case DEA&DP.

1.8. ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS

The ECO in consultation with the contractor shall ensure that adequate environmental awareness training of senior site personnel takes place and that all construction workers receive an induction on the importance and implications of the EMPr. The presentation shall be conducted, as far as is possible, in the employees’ language of choice.

As a minimum, training should include:

 Explanation of the importance of complying with the EMPr.  Discussion of the potential environmental impacts of construction activities.  The benefits of improved personal performance.  Employees’ roles and responsibilities, including emergency preparedness.  Explanation of the mitigation measures that must be implemented when carrying out their activities.  Explanation of the specifics of this EMPr and its specification (no-go areas, etc.)  Explanation of the management structure of individuals responsible for matters pertaining to the EMPr. The Contractor shall keep records of all environmental training sessions, including names and dates.

Notwithstanding the specific provisions of this particular section it is incumbent upon the Contractor to convey the sentiments of the EMPr to all personnel involved with the works.

Annexure 3 contains some useful environmental awareness materials.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 29 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

1.9. CONSTRUCTION STAGE EMPR ADMINISTRATION

Copies of this EMPr shall be kept at the site office and will be distributed to all senior contract personnel. The ER will ensure that all senior personnel (including the project team) are familiar with the contents of this document, its requirements and specifications.

All relevant and related documentation and records as set out in this EMPr or records as requested by the ECO/ER are to be presented for monitoring by the Contractor at the request of the ECO or ER. This should include, but is not limited to:

 Waste disposal certificates or similar record of responsible waste disposal  Records of environmental inductions  Approved Method Statements  Incident reports  Complaints register

The Contractor will ensure that all required records are gathered and maintained for the duration of the contract and all related works.

1.10. ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE REPORTING

1.10.1. CONSTRUCTION PHASE ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE REPORTS

The appointed ECO, as referred to in Section 1.7.5, will aim to produce an environmental performance report once a month (excluding during shutdown periods) for the duration of the construction phase of the project.

Depending on the speed and nature of the works being undertaken and the performance of the contractors on site the ECO will undertake between 1 to 4 site visits per month (excluding during shut down periods).

The performance report will be submitted to the ER, Contractor and DEA&DP.

The report will, to the best of the ECO’s ability and information provided to them, be a true reflection of concerns and observations noted on site. The report will highlight environmental aspects relating to the construction phase of the project during the reporting period.

The ER, Contractor and DEA&DP will be required to read these reports and take action as necessary.

Should DEA&DP require audits to be carried out other than by the ECO this must be arranged at the applicants cost.

1.10.2. OPERATIONAL PHASE ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITS

Due to the nature of the activity it is envisaged that one operational environmental audit will be undertaken after the first full year of operation in order to assess the efficacy of the maintenance and management activities that have been undertaken. Thereafter, an operational environmental audit will be undertaken once every two years for four years (2 additional audits). All costs for the audit will be for the Applicants account.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 30 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

In addition to the above, the DEA&DP may however at any time, with reason, request that an operational audit be undertaken by an independent environmental consultant. All costs will be for the applicant/owners account.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 31 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

SECTION 2

PLANNING & CONSTRUCTION PHASE

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 32 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

2.1. AIMS OF SECTION

The purpose of the Planning and Construction EMPr (Section 2) is to ensure that the impacts on the environment are kept to a minimum by providing mitigation measures and to facilitate appropriate environmental input for the duration of any construction-related activities including any upgrades and repairs to existing infrastructure that may be required in terms of the Operational EMPr (Section 3).

2.2. THE EMPr & CONTRACT DOCUMENTATION

This EMPr must form part of the Contract Document(s). The EMPr must be read in conjunction with the contract documents including the Specifications, and where applicable, the Bill of Quantities. Where a conflict exists between the Specifications and Bill of Quantities and the EMPr the matter shall be brought to the attention of the Applicant’s representative for resolution. The ER is responsible for the compliance of the contractor with this document and the Environmental Authorisation from DEA&DP.

The rates quoted for each activity in the Bill of Quantities shall include for compliance with the EMPr.

2.3. COMMUNITY RELATIONS

2.3.1. COMPLAINTS AND INFORMATION

The Contractor shall erect and maintain information boards in the position, design and dimensions specified by the ER. Such boards shall include contact details for complaints by members of the public in accordance with details provided by the ER.

The contractor shall also keep a “complaints register” on site. The register shall contain all contact details of the person who made the complaint and information regarding the complaint itself as well as any follow-up undertaken, if required.

2.3.2. AESTHETICS

The Contractor shall take reasonable measures to ensure that the construction activities and all related operations do not have an unreasonable impact on the aesthetics of the area during construction.

2.4. HEALTH AND SAFETY

The Contractor shall at all times observe the Occupational Health and Safety Act, (Act No. 85 of 1993) and ensure adequate safety precautions on the site.

Telephone numbers of emergency services, including the local firefighting service, shall be displayed conspicuously in the Contractor’s office near a telephone.

No weapons (firearms, airguns, daggers etc.) are permitted on site.

The Contractor shall ensure that contact details of the local medical services are available to the relevant construction personnel prior to commencing work.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 33 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

2.5. METHOD STATEMENTS

Method statements are written submissions by the Contractor to the ER (with input from the ECO) in response to the requirements of this EMPr or to a request by the ER or ECO. A minimum requirement will consist of the listed MS’s below. Further MS’s may be requested by the ER or ECO.

The Contractor shall be required to prepare method statements for several specific construction activities and/or environmental management aspects as specified. Annexure 2 provides an example for a method statement template. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the required method statements are drafted and submitted.

The Contractor shall not commence the activity for which a method statement is required until the ER has approved the relevant method statement.

Method statements must be submitted at least seven (7) business days prior to the date on which approval is required (start of the activity). Should the method statement be rejected this will be done so with comment. The seven day submission period will commence once again on re-submission of the MS. Should the MS be submitted and no response (acceptance or rejection) be obtained within 7 days from the ER or ECO the MS will be considered as having been accepted and work can commenced in line with the submitted MS.

Failure to submit a method statement may result in suspension of the activity concerned until such time as a method statement has been submitted and approved.

An approved method statement shall not absolve the Contractor from any of his obligations or responsibilities in terms of the contract. However, any damage caused to the environment through activities undertaken without an approved method statement shall be rehabilitated at the contractor’s cost and to the satisfaction the ECO and ER.

The method statements shall cover relevant details with regard to:

 Construction procedures and location of the construction site.  Start date and duration of the procedure.  Materials, equipment and labour to be used.  How materials, equipment and labour would be moved to and from the site as well as on site during construction.  Storage, removal and subsequent handling of all materials, excess materials and waste materials of the procedure.  Emergency procedures in case of any reasonably potential accident / incident which could occur during the procedure.  Mitigation measure that will be employed.  Compliance / non-compliance with the EMPr Specification and motivation if non- compliant.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 34 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

METHOD STATEMENTS REQUIRED:

Based on the specifications in this EMPr, the following method statements are required as a minimum, and more method statements may be requested as required.

MS1: Site layout and establishment MS2: Site clearing MS3: Hazardous substances handling and spill response MS4: Cement and concrete batching MS5: Traffic accommodation MS6: Solid waste control system MS7: Wastewater Management MS8: Dust mitigation MS9: Soil erosion prevention and sedimentation control MS10: Rehabilitation of the affected reaches of the Van Wyks River MS11: Emergency procedures (fires and hazardous material spills) MS12: Rehabilitation of disturbed areas

2.6. PRE-CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

2.6.1. APPOINTMENT OF AN ECO

The ER / applicant must appoint a suitable, experienced and independent ECO to monitor the implementation and compliance with the EMPr.

The ECO should be appointed a minimum of 3 weeks prior to commencement of site activities to ensure that the necessary notification can be made as required by the EA.

Depending on the speed and nature of the works being undertaken and the performance of the contractors on site the ECO will undertake between 1 to 4 site visits per month (excluding during shut down periods). Should less than one visit per month be required, this must first be agreed to by DEA&DP.

The ECO will produce an environmental performance report once per month (excluding shut down periods). This report will be submitted to the contractor and the ER. The report will highlight environmental aspects relating to the construction phase of the project during the reporting period.

2.6.2. SITE ESTABLISHMENT

The construction, layout and extent of the construction site and its components shall be planned, designed and managed in such a manner that environmental impacts are minimised. Temporary structures and facilities shall be decommissioned to the satisfaction of the ER and a clean up after construction shall be effectively undertaken.

a. Demarcation of the site boundaries

The “site” here refers to all areas required for construction purposes for the proposed upgrade and realignment of the MR 191 road shown in Figure 1. The boundary of the site will be agreed with and approved by the ER; no activities are to occur beyond the site boundaries. The boundary will conform to the existing road reserve.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 35 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Site establishment shall not take place in areas declared as “no-go” areas.

The site layout shall take cognisance of access for deliveries and services. These activities should not result in environmental disturbance and avoid such disturbance.

The Contractor shall ensure that all his plant, labour and materials remain within the boundaries of the site, unless otherwise agreed in writing with ER. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to decide on an appropriate system of protective/security fencing for the site, if required.

The location of suitable areas for maintenance and refuelling, mixing concrete, cement batching etc. must be identified by the ER in consultation with the ECO. The ER will ensure that the ECO is involved in the decision prior to commencement of the proposed action.

Before construction can begin, the Contractor shall submit to the ER for approval a method statement detailing:

MS1: A layout plan and the method of establishment of the construction camp, i.e. all offices, accommodation facilities, testing facilities/laboratories, cement batching areas, storage & stockpiling areas as per section, workshops and all other areas/facilities required for the undertaking of activities required for completion of the project. The plan shall include the location and layout of waste storage and treatment facilities, ablution facilities, stockpiling and spoil areas and hazardous material storage areas. The decommissioning and removal of these facilities on completion of construction works shall also be detailed. The Contractor shall restrict all his activities, materials, equipment and personnel to within the area specified. The Contractor shall ensure that the approved construction area will be adequate to cover the project without further space adjustments being required at a later date.

Construction material must be stored in areas designated by the site agent and in a neat and orderly manner and must not damage natural vegetation. Movement of equipment and construction materials from stored areas to the construction site must be carefully transported to the area of use to prevent any unnecessary damage to the natural vegetation.

b. Demarcation of “NO-GO” Areas

All areas outside the demarcated site should be regarded as No-Go areas, unless approved in writing by the ER and with detailed input from the ECO or specialist; these areas may not be accessed or disturbed.

These areas may not be accessed by staff, plant or vehicles. Entry into these areas by any person, vehicle or equipment without the ER’s written permission will be considered as a major non-compliance.

The ER may declare additional No-Go areas at any time during the construction phase as deemed necessary and/or at the request of the ECO.

No-Go area demarcation must be approved by the ER. Demarcation for No-Go areas will be clearly visible and will, as far as practicable, form a physical barrier such as strands of wire or cordage. Danger tape will not be considered suitable for this purpose.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 36 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

2.6.3. SITE CLEARING

MS2: The Contractor shall submit a site clearing method statement for all areas where the Contractor is required to, or intends to, clear vegetation within the works area. The method statement shall clearly indicate what is to be cleared and how this will be done, where and how cleared material would be stored or disposed of, etc. This method statement will also detail the setting aside of top soil for rehabilitation.

a. Vegetation clearing

No vegetation clearing shall take place without approval of the method statement by the ER. No vegetation clearing is to take place outside of the development phase/s under construction i.e. the site boundaries.

No vegetation clearing shall take place until the “No-Go” areas are fenced off.

Before clearing of vegetation, the Contractor shall ensure that all litter and non-organic material is removed from the area to be cleared.

Removal of vegetation should be kept to a minimum, and cleared areas must be re-vegetated after clean-up.

Vegetation clearing of the site shall, as far as possible, take place in a phased manner in order to retain vegetation cover for as long as possible.

Indigenous plant material can be removed from cleared areas and may be stockpiled for mulching. Alien vegetation may be used for mulching if it is not in seed, this must be overseen by the ECO. All remaining vegetation shall be removed and disposed of at an approved landfill site.

Removal and bagging of plants useful for rehabilitation of banks should be considered.

Burning of stockpiled vegetation will not be considered as a suitable disposal method.

Alien and invasive vegetation should be controlled or removed as prescribe by the Alien and Invasive Species Regulations of 2014.

b. Top soil

Topsoil (the upper 25 cm of soil) is an important natural resource with a seedbank; where it has to be stripped, never mix it with subsoil or any other material. Store and protect it separately until it can be re-used, and minimise the handling of the topsoil.

Sufficient top soil must be stripped and stockpiled separately for landscaping on site after construction.

Topsoil stockpiles shall be convex and no more than 2m high. Stockpiles shall be shaped so that no surface water ponding can take place.

Topsoil stockpiles shall be protected from erosion by wind and rain by providing suitable stormwater and cut off drains and/or by establishing suitable temporary vegetation. Stockpiles shall not be covered with materials such as plastic that may cause it to compost or would kill the seed bank.

Topsoil stockpiles shall be monitored regularly by the contractor to identify any alien plants, which shall be removed when they germinate to prevent contamination of the seed bank.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 37 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Any topsoil contaminated by hazardous substances shall not be used and shall be disposed of as per hazardous waste requirements of this document.

2.6.4. SITE FACILITIES

The construction, layout and extent of the construction site and its components shall be planned, designed and managed in such a manner that environmental impacts are minimised. Temporary structures and facilities shall be decommissioned to the satisfaction of the ER and a clean up after construction shall be effectively undertaken.

a. Ablution facilities

The Contractor is responsible for the erection and maintenance of adequate ablution facilities and washing areas and for enforcing the use of these facilities. Under no circumstances may the natural environment be used as a toilet or cleaning area.

The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all ablution facilities are maintained in a clean and sanitary condition to the satisfaction of the ER. All temporary portable toilets shall be secured in such a manner so as to prevent them toppling due to wind or any other cause.

Plumbed toilets must have no leaks or malfunctioning valves. No chemicals, oils or similar construction related materials are to be disposed of via the toilets on site.

Ablution facilities (chemical toilets, etc.) must be provided at all construction camp areas where there will be a concentration of labour. Toilet paper must be provided. The contractor shall ensure that chemical toilets are emptied before the builders’ holidays and that no spillage occurs when they are emptied. All contents must be removed from the site. Under no circumstances may waste be discharged into the environment or be buried on site.

b. Water provision

The Contractor shall make available safe drinking water fit for human consumption at the site offices and all other working areas.

All drinking water must be from a legal source and comply with recognised standards for potable use.

The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the National Water Act and its Regulations for taking water from natural water resources. To this end no water may be abstracted from streams, rivers, wetlands or boreholes unless the necessary water use authorisations are in place.

If water is stored on site, drinking water and multi-purposed water storage facilities shall be clearly distinguished and demarcated.

No water is to be wasted on site. Any leaks are to be reported and repaired immediately. All pipes, taps and associated infrastructure are too maintained in good working order.

c. Eating areas

If none is available, the Contractor shall provide adequate temporary shade within the construction areas to ensure that site personnel do not move off site to eat.

The Contractor shall provide adequate refuse bins with lids at all eating areas to the satisfaction of the ER. The bins must be weatherproof and scavenger proof and approved by the ER.

If deemed necessary by the ER, the Contractor shall demarcate designated eating areas.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 38 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

No feeding of wild animals shall be permitted. Food and food products are to be stored in such away so as not to attract scavenging animals.

2.7. CONTROL OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

2.7.1. WORK HOURS

Hours of work on the site shall be limited to 07:00 am to 17:00 pm or that accepted by the local municipality and the local authority.

If construction is required outside of these times, written permission is to be obtained from the local municipality.

2.7.2. TEMPORARY SITE CLOSURE

In the event of a temporary site closure occurring such as the builder’s holidays, temporary suspension of works or any period of inactivity longer than 7 working days the Contractor is to notify the ECO. The Contractor shall check the site according to the requirements of the ECO, and ensure that all items are addressed. The Contractor will provide a brief written report (refer to Annexure 3) on compliance to the ER and ECO prior to the temporary shutdown date.

2.7.3. NOISE CONTROL

The Contactor must ensure that noise generation must comply with the Western Cape Noise Control Regulations (Provincial Notice 200/2013) of 20 June 2013. The installation of noise attenuation technology on all equipment with the potential to produce noise is recommended.

The Contractor shall endeavour to keep noise generating activities to a minimum.

The Contractor shall attempt to, as far as possible, warn any local communities and residents that could be disturbed by noise generating activities, such as blasting or piling, well in advance and shall keep such activities to a minimum.

The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with the relevant legislation with respect to noise. Construction processes and machinery/vehicles with the lowest noise emission values available must be utilised. A well planned and co-ordinated “fast track” procedure must be implemented to complete the total construction process in the shortest possible time.

All plant, equipment and vehicles are to have effective silencers/mufflers fitted that would otherwise cause a noise level exceeding 85dB. Exhaust systems are to be in good repair with no holes in the piping. Regular check-ups and adequately maintained must be undertaken to keep all equipment and vehicles in good working order to reduce noise. Excessively noisy equipment, vehicles or machinery requiring repairs are to be removed from site.

No sound amplification equipment (hooters, loud music speakers, sirens etc.) is to be used on site except in emergencies.

All employees must be given the necessary ear protection gear.

2.7.4. WORKSHOP AND EQUIPMENT

The contractor and all sub-contractors will ensure that the following specifications are complied with and mitigation measures implemented.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 39 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

All vehicles and equipment shall be kept in good working order to maximise efficiency and minimise pollution. The contractor will ensure that plant operators check their machines daily. Any leaks or similar mechanical problems are to be reported and repaired immediately.

Refuelling of plant on site shall take place at designated locations approved by the ER. Drip trays must be used for all refuelling and similar activities, to prevent any spillage contaminating the environment. The contractor will ensure this is being done and that there are sufficient drip trays available.

All fuel tanks must have a secondary containment area to prevent subsurface leaks from seeping straight into the ground. All pipework must be double walled and comply with SANS 62- 1 and 2, SANS 1132 (pipework). Any fuel stored on site must be kept in bunded storage tanks.

Where practical, all maintenance of plant and equipment on site shall preferably be performed off site. If it is absolutely necessary to do maintenance on site the contractor shall obtain the approval of the ER prior to commencing these activities. The contractor will ensure measure are put in place to protect the environment such as using plastic sheeting to prevent contamination and completing the works as quickly as possible.

Drip trays shall be used to collect used oil, lubricants, etc. during maintenance. Drip trays shall be provided for all stationary plant, generators, pumps and compressors. Drip trays shall be inspected and emptied daily and closely monitored during rain events to ensure that they do not overflow. All waste (including rain water) material in bunds and drip trays are to be managed as hazardous waste. All static plant (stationary for longer than six months) shall be located within a bunded area with an impermeable surface.

2.7.5. GENERAL AESTHETICS

The Contractor shall not deface, paint, damage or mark any natural feature (e.g. rocks, etc.) situated on or around the site for survey or any other purposes unless agreed beforehand with the ER. Any features affected by the Contractor or his subcontractors in contravention of this clause shall be restored and rehabilitated to the satisfaction of the ER.

All construction areas must be kept neat and tidy at all times. Different materials and equipment must be kept in designated areas and storing/stockpiling shall be kept orderly.

Site camp lighting must be minimal and cause the least visual impact at night. All light sources must be shielded so that only the area that needs to be lit is lit. No neon or backlit signage is to be allowed. No floodlights are permitted.

2.7.6. MATERIALS HANDLING, USE AND STORAGE

The potential environmental impact of the handling, use, storage and disposal of materials used during construction shall be minimised.

Environmental considerations shall be taken into account in the siting of any material storage areas. All manufactured and/or imported material shall be stored within the Contractor’s Camp as far as possible and out of the rain if required. All lay down areas outside of the Contractor’s Camp must be approved by the ER.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 40 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

a. General

Environmental considerations shall be taken into account in the siting of any material storage areas. All manufactured and/or imported material shall be stored within the Contractor’s Camp as far as possible and out of the rain if required. All lay down areas outside of the Contractor’s Camp must be approved by the ECO and ER.

b. Transportation

The Contractor shall ensure that all suppliers and their delivery drivers are aware of procedures and restrictions (e.g. “No-Go” areas) in terms of this EMP. The Contractor shall ensure that delivery personnel are supervised during offloading by someone with an adequate understanding of the requirements of the specifications.

Materials shall be appropriately secured to ensure safe passage between destinations during transportation. Loads shall have appropriate cover to prevent them spilling from the vehicle during transit. The Contractor shall be responsible for any clean-up resulting from the failure by his employees or suppliers to property secure transported materials.

The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all vehicles are road worthy, drivers are qualified and are made aware of the potential safety issues and enforcement of strict speed limits.

Drivers must adhere to speed limits. In this regard vehicles can be fitted with recorders to record when vehicles exceed the speed limit. Drivers who exceed the speed limit should be fined or dismissed by the Contractor.

c. Stockpiling

The areas for the stockpiling of excavated and imported material shall be indicated and demarcated on the site plan submitted in writing to the ER for his approval together with the Contractor’s proposed measures for prevention, containment and rehabilitation against environmental damage. This information should be submitted as part of MS1 in section 2.2.2.

Stockpiles may not exceed 2m in height. Stockpiles shall be positioned and sloped to create the least visual impact. No stockpiling of materials that could leach out and cause pollution may occur. No foreign material generated/deposited during construction shall remain on site on completion. Areas affected by stockpiling shall be reinstated to the satisfaction of the ER.

As dealt with under the dust control section of this document stock piles may need to be covered as a dust control measure.

No stock piling will take place within 32m of any watercourse or from the boundary of any wetland buffer.

d. Hazardous Substances

All hazardous material or substances (e.g. petrochemicals, oils, etc.) shall be stored on site only under controlled conditions. All hazardous material and substances shall be stored in a secured, appointed area that is fenced and has restricted entry. All storage shall take place using suitable containers to the approval of the ER. Hazard signs and data sheets indicating the nature of the stored materials shall be displayed on the storage facility or containment structure. Symbolic safety signs depicting “No Smoking”, “No Naked Lights” and “Danger” are to be provided, and are to conform to the requirements of SABS 1186.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 41 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Temporary fuel storage is permitted to be established on site provided that the contractor ensures full compliance with the requirements of the By-law relating to community fire safety – section 39 as amended (Provincial Gazette 5832, February 2002) and as amended (Provincial Gazette 6447, June 2007) which includes:

 The storage tank capacity may not exceed 9000 litres.  The storage tank may not be on the premises for a period exceeding six months (unless the local authority provides an extension in writing).  A written application together with a plan must be forwarded to the controlling authority (Fire Department) at least 14 days prior to the erection of the tank and prior written permission must be obtained from the controlling authority for the erection of the tank.  A permanent or temporary tank must be erected at least 3.5 metres from boundaries, buildings and other flammable substances or combustible materials.  A permanent or temporary tank must have a bund wall with 110% capacity of the tanks total storage capacity. Fuel shall be stored in a steel tank maintained by the fuel suppliers and/or Contractor. The tank shall be located in a secure, demarcated area and an adequate bund wall (110% of volume as required above) shall be provided. The floor and wall of the bund area shall be impervious to prevent infiltration of any spilled / leaked fuel into the soil. The floor of the bund shall be sloped towards an oil trap or sump to enable any spilled fuel to be removed. The sump must have a lock off valve that can only be opened in an emergency.

Should a mini-mobile type trailer tank or bowser be used the tank will be maintained by the fuel suppliers and/or Contractor and is to be kept clean and leak free. The trailer is to be kept on site with a drip tray at all times and is to be removed from site at the end of every day unless kept in a bund area of 110% of the tank volume.

A bioremediation product approved by the ECO must be stored on site and near the fuel stores for any emergencies. Once a purpose manufactured hydrocarbon spill remediation product has been used or has been used to treat contaminated materials (soil, rubble etc.) it must be disposed of, with the treated material, at a facility licensed to receive such waste.

Areas for storage of fuels and other flammable materials shall comply with standard fire safety regulations and may require the approval of a fire prevention officer. The contractor must ensure that there is adequate firefighting equipment at the fuel stores and that persons are adequately trained to use this equipment.

Only empty and externally clean drums may be stored on the bare ground. All empty and externally dirty drums shall be sealed and stored in the bunded area. If fuel is dispensed from 200 litre drums, the proper dispensing equipment shall be used, and the drum shall not be tipped in order to dispense fuel. The dispensing mechanism of the fuel storage tank shall be stored in a waterproof container or within the bund area when not in use.

The location of suitable areas for maintenance and refuelling must be identified by the ER in collaboration with or subject to the final approval of the ECO. The ECO must be involved in the decision and must provide guidance from an environmental perspective prior to commencement of the proposed action.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 42 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

MS3: The Contractor shall provide a method statement detailing the hazardous substances / material that are to be used during construction, as well as the storage, handling, and disposal procedures for each substance as well as materials such as rubble soil and water contaminated with hazardous substances. The details of the disposal service providers (if required), supplier and suitable DEAT approved disposal sites that will be used by the contractor are to be included.

e. Cement / Concrete Batching

No concrete mixing or cement batching will take place on bare ground. All mixing shall take place on an impermeable surface to the satisfaction of the ER.

Any large volume concrete batching activities shall be located in an area of low environmental sensitivity to be identified and approved by the ER in collaboration with the ECO. The ECO must be involved in the decision and must provide guidance from an environmental perspective prior to commencement of the proposed action. Cement is a strong alkali and will seriously affect the natural vegetation on the site should contamination of the soils take place. Such residues, chunks, pieces and bits are to be cleaned and removed from the site at the end of the contract period.

All runoff from batching areas shall be strictly controlled, and cement-contaminated water shall be collected, stored and disposed of at a site approved by the ER. Settling tanks or sumps may also be used provided these do not leak and are impermeable. Once settling has occurred the top two thirds of the contaminated water can be, drained into a sewer line with the approval of the Engineer, reused for batching or allowed to evaporate. The remaining material can be stockpiled with the rubble and removed as waste from site.

Contaminated (waste) water storage facilities shall not be allowed to overflow and appropriate protection from rain and flooding shall be implemented. Please also refer to Section 2.7.1 on waste water.

Small volume batching is permitted on site provided mortar boards, 250 micron DPC plastic sheeting or similar impervious material is used to prevent contamination with the ground and soil.

Used (empty) cement bags shall be collected and stored in weatherproof containers to prevent windblown cement dust and rain water washing the cement dust onto the ground. Used cement bags shall not be used for any other purpose and shall be disposed of on a weekly basis via the solid waste management system.

All excess concrete/cement and concrete/cement residues shall be removed from site on completion of concrete works and disposed of.

All excess aggregate shall also be removed.

MS4: The Contractor shall submit a method statement detailing cement storage, concrete batching areas and methods, method of transport of cement and concrete, storage and disposal of used cement bags, etc.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 43 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

2.8. TRAFFIC ACCOMMODATION

The following measures will be used to accommodate traffic during the construction phase:

 For half width construction, a stop/go system will be used during the day time, and during the night time hours a robot system will be implemented;

 The maximum stop-go period should be 10 minutes;

 The travelling public will have the right of way on public roads, and the Contractor shall make use of approved methods to control the movement of equipment and vehicles so as not to constitute a hazard on public roads;

 Considering the safety and convenience of travelling public of utmost importance. Every effort must be made to ensure that all temporary road signs, cones, flagmen and speed controls must be maintained and effective, and that courtesy is extended to the public at all times;

 Construction work, including the erection and removal of traffic control facilities, shall only be executed between sunrise and sunset on Monday to Saturday, inclusive;

All construction vehicles, when on site, will not exceed the speed of 30km per hour.

Damage to the surface of roads resulting from construction vehicles or construction activities must be repaired at the cost of the contractor. Repairs will be done to the satisfaction of the ER.

Access to the site must be gained at the designated areas. The number of access points will be limited as far as possible. The creation of short-cut paths or temporary vehicular tracks is to be strictly prevented. Construction workers are forbidden access to any private property unless approval has been granted by the ER. Contractor must use existing farm tracks during construction phase.

Deliveries to and from the site should be restricted to daylight hours.

The contractor should provide transport to and from the site on a daily basis for low and semi- skilled construction workers. This will enable the contractor to effectively manage and monitor the movement of construction workers on and off the site.

The movement of heavy vehicles should, where possible, be timed to avoid times of the day when scholars walk to and from schools, namely before 7h30 in the morning and after 16h00 in the afternoons.

The movement of heavy vehicles should be timed to avoid long weekends and weekends when tourists are more likely to use the road.

MS5: The Contractor shall submit a method statement for approval, detailing how traffic is to be accommodated within the development during construction. Cognisance must be taken of any no-go areas.

2.9. WASTE MANAGEMENT

Waste management on site shall be strictly controlled and monitored. Only approved waste disposal methods shall be allowed.

The Contractor shall ensure that all site personnel and sub-contractors are instructed in the proper disposal of all waste. The site must be subject to a litter clean up at least twice per week or as often as required by the ECO or ER.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 44 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Figure 4: Waste management hierarchy.

As far as is possible the contractor will ensure that waste is minimised by implementing the waste hierarchy concept (Figure 1):

i. Avoid & Reduce – Waste generation must be reduced as far as possible. Wherever possible wastage should be avoided.

ii. Reuse – Wherever possible the contractor will endeavour to reuse materials and items rather than disposing of them.

iii. Recycle – Whatever can be recycled should be recycled by the contractor.

The Contactor and Applicant should encourage waste avoidance and minimisation measures such as procurement of building materials with the following characteristics:

 Goods with minimal packaging and/or packaging made from recycled or recyclable materials.

 Products which have minimal environmental impact during their use e.g. products that are durable, energy efficient and reusable.

 Excluding the use of environmentally damaging products (hazardous substances) where viable alternatives are available.

2.9.1. SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

The ER is responsible for ensuring that the contractor implements and adheres to the waste management requirements and all relevant legislation.

The Contractor shall ensure that all facilities are maintained in a neat and tidy condition and the site shall be kept free of litter. Measures shall be taken to reduce the potential for litter and negligent behaviour with regard to the disposal of all refuse. At all places of work the Contractor shall provide litterbins, containers and refuse collection facilities for later disposal.

Solid waste may be temporarily stored on site in a designated area approved by the ER prior to collection and disposal. A containment structure may be created for this purpose, consisting of four ready fence panels covered with shade cloth, one panel to be movable for access and emptying. The structure will have a roof (plastic covered ready fence panel or similar to protect from the rain). The floor is to be lined with DPC plastic to prevent ground or soil contamination from waste residue. If a waste skip is to be used for this purpose it must be kept covered with shade cloth.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 45 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Solid waste must be removed as often as required (when the containment area is full) or as instructed by the ER or ECO to a licensed waste disposal site. Recyclable waste should be separated and recycled if at all possible and opportunities provided on site to facilitate the collection of recyclable waste products. Staff should be trained in waste segregation and storage. Arrangements should be made with the relevant recycling companies for the transportation or collection for various wastes.

Bins shall be covered, tip-proof, weatherproof and scavenger proof.

No burning, on-site burying or dumping of waste shall occur. Used (empty) cement bags shall be collected and stored in weatherproof containers to prevent windblown cement dust and water contamination. Used cement bags shall not be used for any other purpose and shall be disposed of on a weekly basis via the solid waste management system.

The contractor is responsible for ensuring that any sub-contractors on site manage and dispose of their waste in line with this EMPr. The contractor will instruct all sub-contractors to follow waste management procedures.

MS6: The Contractor shall submit a method statement detailing a solid waste control system (storage, provision of bins, site clean-up schedule, bin clean-out schedule, rubble disposal/reuse, rubble removal frequency etc.) to the ER for approval.

a. Domestic Waste

The Contractor shall provide metal refuse bins to BS 792 or equivalent plastic refuse bins, all with lids, for litter disposal. Refuse shall be collected and removed from all facilities at least twice per week. Domestic waste shall be transported to the approved refuse disposal site in covered containers or trucks.

b. Construction Rubble / Waste

Inert construction rubble shall be disposed of at a site approved by the ER. The ER will be responsible for ensuring that rubble is disposed of by the contractor at the site approved, and that the rubble can be legally disposed of at said site. Rubble stockpiles will be kept consolidated and at a reasonable size. Rubble will be removed regularly and/or at the request of the ECO.

Clean building rubble free from plastic, wood, wire metal, tar, asphalt or similar may be crushed and reused for specific purposes (e.g. road sub-base, concrete etc.) within the parameters set in the National Environmental Management Waste Act. Rubble may not be buried on site for the sake of easy disposal.

All other solid waste or contaminated materials shall be disposed of offsite at an approved landfill site. The Contractor shall supply the ER with certificates of disposal or similar proof to indicate legal disposal. Copies of these will be provided to the ECO.

Any crushing and reuse of clean building rubble must fall within the thresholds allowed in terms of the National Environmental Waste Act. All local by laws must be adhered to. Should the volumes and area required exceed these parameters a Waste Licence will be required in terms of NEM:WA.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 46 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

c. Hazardous Waste

All hazardous waste (including bitumen, etc.) shall be disposed of at an appropriate and DEA&DP approved hazardous landfill site (such as Visserhok), or hazardous waste disposal facility, which is licensed to receive such waste. The Contractor shall provide disposal certificates to the ER.

Used oil and grease shall be removed from site to a suitable facility or sold to an approved used oil recycling company.

Under no circumstances shall the spoiling of tar or bituminous products on the site, over embankments, or any burying, be allowed.

Unused or rejected tar or bituminous products shall be returned to the supplier’s production plant.

Used oil, lubricants, cleaning materials, etc. from the maintenance of vehicles and machinery shall be collected in holding tanks and sent back to the supplier or removed from site by a specialist oil recycling company for disposal at a DEA approved hazardous waste site.

Once a purpose manufactured hydrocarbon spill remediation product has been used or has been used to treat contaminated materials (soil, rubble etc.) the resulting waste must be disposed of at a facility licensed to receive such waste.

Proof of hazardous waste disposal must be provided.

d. Wastewater

MS7: The Contractor shall submit a method statement to the ER detailing how wastewater would be collected from all wastewater generating areas, as well as storage and disposal methods. If the Contractor intends to carry out any on-site wastewater treatment, this should also be included.

The contractor must ensure that waste water is correctly managed on site to the satisfaction of the ER. The contractor will ensure that all sub-contractors comply with the requirements to manage waste water on site.

The list below provides some environmentally responsible options in which waste water can be addressed by the contractor on site. This list is not exhaustive;

Waste water from activities such as washing tools, batching and similar, will be collected in a drum or conservancy tank. This water may then be re-used for batching or for wetting and compacting sub-base material during road surfacing.

An impermeable sump lined with thick DPC plastic may be constructed by the Contractor in order to collect waste water from batching and tool washing. The sump will be open to allow the water to evaporate. Care must be taken to ensure that input does not exceed the evaporation rate and that no overflow from the sump occurs. This is of particular importance during the wet season. Once the sump is dry the remaining material at the bottom of the sump will be disposed of with the general waste and rubble.

Small volume waste water collected from washing and other small volume cement work activities will be disposed of on top of the general rubble pile where it will be absorbed. This will

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 47 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME be done in such a way as to ensure that there is no run-off from the rubble pile to surrounding areas. The waste water shall not be of such volume that it will saturate the entire body of rubble or will soak through the rubble pile.

Runoff from fuel depots / bunds / workshops / machinery washing areas and water contaminated with petro-chemicals and hydro-carbons shall be addressed as indicated in the hazardous waste section of this document.

The ER’s approval must be obtained by the contractor prior to the discharge of any contaminated water into sewer systems.

At no point will waste water from tool washing, batching, cleaning, or similar sources be permitted to enter or be disposed of, inter alia, in the following manner:

 Into a storm water system.  Directly onto bare soil.  Into a water course or on the bank of a water course.

2.10. NOISE CONTROL

The Contractor shall endeavour to keep noise generating activities to a minimum. Please also see section 2.17.

The Contractor shall endeavour to, as far as possible, warn any local communities and residents that could be disturbed by noise generating activities, such as blasting or piling, well in advance and shall keep such activities to a minimum.

The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with the relevant legislation with respect to noise. Construction processes and machinery/vehicles with the lowest noise emission values available must be utilised. A well planned and co-ordinated “fast track” procedure must be implemented to complete the total construction process in the shortest possible time.

All plant, equipment and vehicles are to have effective silencers/mufflers fitted that would otherwise cause a noise level exceeding 85 dB. Exhaust systems are to be in good repair with no holes in the piping.

No sound amplification equipment (hooters, loud music speakers, sirens etc.) is to be used on site except in emergencies.

Excessively noisy plant or plant requiring repairs are to be removed from site.

2.11. DUST CONTROL

The creating of nuisance/precipitant dust is controlled by the National Dust Control Regulations (R.827 1 November 2013) promulgated under the National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act, 2004 (Act 39 of 2004). The contractor will ensure that the specifications of these regulations are met at all times.

The Contractor shall ensure that the generation of dust is minimised and shall implement a dust control programme to maintain a safe working environment, minimise nuisance for surrounding areas and dwellings and protect damage to natural vegetation, crops, etc. by, and not limited to:

 Construction vehicles shall comply with speed limits and haul distances shall be minimised. Material loads shall be suitably covered and secured during transportation.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 48 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

 During high wind conditions, the ER will evaluate the situation and make recommendations as to whether dust-damping measures are adequate, or weather working will cease altogether until the wind speed drops to an acceptable level.  Exposed soil and material stockpiles shall be protected against wind erosion and the location of stockpiles shall take into consideration the prevailing wind directions and locations of sensitive receptors.  The Contractor shall implement dust suppression measures (e.g. water spray vehicles (must be used in line with the Water Use By-Laws), covering of material stockpiles, chemical soil binders, shade cloth erected on fencing etc.) if and when required. Straw, brush packs and chipping must be considered prior to the use of water spray vehicles.  Plastic, shade cloth or other suitable material may be used for covering stockpiles. Top soil stock piles are not to be covered with plastic or shade cloth but hessian or similar to prevent composting occurring.

MS8: The Contractor shall submit a method statement to the ER detailing how potential dust. The contractor will consider the recommendations above while bearing in mind that these are not the only available solutions.

2.12. SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

2.12.1. DURING CONSTRUCTION

The Contractor shall, as an ongoing exercise, implement erosion and sedimentation control measures to the satisfaction of the ER.

During construction, the Contractor shall protect all areas susceptible to erosion by installing necessary temporary and permanent drainage works as soon as possible and by taking any other measures necessary to prevent stormwater from concentrating in streams and scouring slopes, banks, etc.

Ensure that runoff from compacted or sealed surfaces is slowed down and dispersed sufficiently to prevent accelerated erosion from being initiated (storm water and erosion management plan required).

Any runnels or erosion channels developed during the construction or maintenance period shall be backfilled and compacted and the areas restored to a proper condition.

Stabilisation of cleared areas to prevent and control erosion and/or sedimentation shall be actively managed. The method of stabilisation shall be determined in consultation with the ER. Consideration and provision shall be made for the following methods (or combination thereof): brushcut packing, mulch or chip cover, straw stabilising, watering, planting/sodding, soil binders and anti-erosion compounds, mechanical cover or packing structures (including the use of geofabric, log/pole fencing, etc.).

Traffic and movement over stabilised areas shall be restricted and controlled, and damage to stabilised areas shall be repaired and maintained to the satisfaction of the ER.

In areas where construction activities have been completed and where no further disturbance would take place, rehabilitation and re-vegetation should commence as soon as possible.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 49 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

MS9: The Contractor shall submit a method statement to the ER detailing how soil erosion and sedimentation control will be implemented, methods to be used and rehabilitation of disturbed areas.

2.12.2. STORMWATER CONTROL

The Contractor shall take reasonable measures to control the erosive effects of stormwater runoff. The Contractor shall use silt screens to prevent overland flow from causing erosion.

Point source discharge of storm water must be prevented on slopes as this will lead to erosion of the unstable slope with loss of vegetation and resultant deep donga erosion. Any stormwater outlets must be constructed in such a manner as to ensure no soil or bank erosion takes place.

The use of straw bales as filters, which are placed across the flow of overland stormwater flows, shall be used as an erosion protection measures. The ploughing-in of straw offers limited protection against storm water runoff-induced erosion and shall be used as an erosion protection measure. The Contractor shall be liable for any damage to downstream property caused by the diversion of overland storm water flows.

Drip trays shall be used for all pumps, generators, etc. in order to prevent water contamination as a result of fuel spills or leaks.

2.13. PROTECTION OF NATURAL FEATURES AND SYSTEMS

2.13.1. PROTECTION OF NATURAL VEGETATION

The Contractor shall be responsible for informing all employees about the need to prevent any harmful effects on natural vegetation beyond the site boundaries as a result of their activities.

Site boundary demarcations and “No-Go” areas must be adhered to.

Removal of vegetation must be kept to a minimum.

2.13.2. PROTECTION OF FAUNA

Majority of the animals in the area will migrate during construction activities.

The Contractor shall ensure that no hunting, trapping, shooting, poisoning or otherwise disturbance of any fauna takes place.

The feeding of any wild animals is prohibited. No food or food products will be stored in such away so as to attract scavengers.

The use of pesticides is prohibited unless approved by the ER.

No domestic pets are permitted on site.

Drainage structures (e.g. gutters, drains, sumps, ditches) must be designed, as far as possible, so that they do not act as pitfall traps for small creatures. They should either have gently sloping edges or be adequately covered to prevent creatures from falling into them.

2.13.3. PROTECTION OF AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS & WATERCOURSES

The design of the road must aim to minimise the footprint of the road construction.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 50 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Removal of alien species (e.g. acacias, kikuyu grass, Spanish reed) from river reaches affected by river crossings, can be considered to be a positive impact of construction.

Bridge supports must be designed preferably to span the full width of the stream or wetland, rather than be placed in the stream bed or in the wetland.

The preferred bridge design (Alternative 3) will probably lead to the loss of a wetland on Erf 832. This could be mitigated by rehabilitating the stretch of the Van Wyks River affected by the road upgrade.

MS10: The Contractor shall submit a method statement to the ER detailing how the rehabilitation of the affected reaches of the Van Wyks River will be undertaken. The method statement must provide guidelines as to how to achieve sufficient ecological rehabilitation to balance the impacts of loss of wetland habitat.

If required, borrow pits must be located at least 100m away from wetlands or rivers, and any runoff from borrow pits must be directed away from wetlands or rivers, into settlement ponds. Only clean, clear runoff must be allowed to flow back into rivers and wetlands. Where borrow pits do impact on the natural environment:

 Removal and bagging of plants useful for rehabilitation of banks must be considered.  Removal of alien species (e.g. acacias, kikuyu grass, Spanish reed) can be considered to be a positive impact of construction.  Removal of vegetation must be kept to a minimum, and temporarily cleared areas must be re-vegetated after clean-up.

Disruption of flow must be kept to a minimum, but where necessary, temporary diversion measures must allow flushing of the streams to prevent build-up of material. Construction close to the streams must preferably take place in summer, so that winter rains will flush the systems after construction.

The final design of temporary diversion measures must be ratified by a freshwater ecologist.

No obstructions to flow shall remain in the rivers or wetlands after construction is completed. This must be checked by the ECO.

2.14. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

2.14.1. FIRE CONTROL/PREVENTION

The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to avoid increasing the risk of fire through activities on site.

The Contractor shall ensure that basic fire-fighting equipment is available at all construction areas and facilities. The workforce should be appropriately trained in the use of all equipment.

Smoking shall not be permitted in those areas where it is a fire hazard. Such areas shall include any workshop and fuel storage areas and areas where the vegetation or other material may promote the rapid spread of an initial flame.

In terms of the Atmospheric Pollution Act, burning is not permitted as a disposal method.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 51 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

The Contractor shall appoint a fire officer who shall be responsible for ensuring immediate and appropriate action in the event of a fire. The Contractor shall ensure that all site personnel are aware of the procedure to be followed in the event of a fire.

Any work that requires the use of fire or open flame may only take place at a designated area approved by the ER and must be supervised at all time. Serviced fire-fighting equipment shall be available.

It is recommended that, if cooking is to take place on site, purpose made gas cookers be considered before the use of cooking fires. No fires are to be made on site, unless situated in a designated and demarcated area approved by the ER away from high risk areas and in a contained fire place (not on the bare ground). Fire extinguisher will be in this area at all times. Under no circumstances will there be more than one fire on the site at a time, or for the fire to be left unattended. The contractor will also consider the prevailing weather conditions.

Wood and branches will not be harvested from site as fuel.

2.14.2. ACCIDENTAL SPILLS AND LEAKS

The contractor shall ensure that his employees are aware of the procedure to be followed for dealing with spills and leaks, which shall include notifying the engineer, ER and ECO. The Contractor shall ensure that the necessary materials (e.g. chemcap, spill-sorb, drizzat pads, enretech and peat moss) and equipment for dealing with spills and leaks are available on site at all times. The source of the spillage shall be isolated. The Contractor shall contain the spillage using sand berms, sandbags, pre-made booms, sawdust or absorbent materials. Treatment and remediation of the spill areas shall be undertaken to the reasonable satisfaction of the Engineer and ECO.

The Contractor shall submit his emergency procedure (to be detailed in MS11) to the ER prior to bringing on site any such substances.

All spills or accidents involving such materials are to be recorded by the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that these records are submitted to the ECO. The cleanup of spills and any damage caused by the spill shall be for the Contractor’s account.

MS11: The Contractor shall submit to the ER for approval an emergency procedures plan that will detail responses to both fire emergencies as well as emergencies relating to hazardous substances as set out by this EMP. This method statement shall in no way override, replace, void or offer any exemption from any relevant legislation nor the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act. The MS will include details regarding pre-determined, safe escape routes from the site as well as pre-arranged safe assembly as well as all relevant emergency numbers.

2.15. SITE CLEAN UP AND REHABILITATION

2.15.1. SITE CLEAN UP

The Contractor shall ensure that all temporary structures, equipment, materials, waste and facilities used for construction activities are decommissioned and removed upon completion of the activity. The Contractor shall clear and clean the construction site to the satisfaction of the ER upon completion of the project.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 52 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

2.15.2. REHABILITATION

The contractor will undertake all rehabilitation of areas disturbed as a result of activities on site to the satisfaction of ER. Expenses incurred in rehabilitating the site shall be for the Contractor’s account. The estimated cost of rehabilitation will be provided to the Contractor prior to the work commencing.

The Contractor will be responsible for any costs resulting from rehabilitation required due to non- compliance with this EMPr.

a. Vegetation Rehabilitation

No invasive plant species should be introduced to the site. All invasive alien species should be eradicated from the disturbed sites. Non-indigenous and non-endemic species are permitted.

MS12: Should vegetation rehabilitation be required as a result of disturbance, this must be addressed in this Method Statement. Rehabilitation details relating to plant species (all indigenous and suitable to the vegetation type), plant numbers, irrigation and establishment, planting methods etc. must also be detailed.

2.15.3. GENERAL

All areas disturbed by construction activities within the demarcated site, storage and stockpiling areas, etc. shall be landscaped to the satisfaction of the ER.

The need for vegetation rehabilitation outside of the demarcated site, resulting from the contractor’s non-compliance with the EMP, will be for the contractors account and will be carried out to the satisfaction of the ER.

Re-vegetation of disturbed areas shall take place as soon as possible after completion of construction works. The timing of re-vegetation shall take cognisance of maintenance requirements and provision shall be made for any irrigation requirements.

No construction equipment, vehicles or unauthorised personnel shall be allowed onto areas that have been re-vegetated.

2.15.4. GROUND SURFACE PREPARATION

The ER will ensure during the planning phase that any rehabilitation if required will be done in accordance with the EA and will be indigenous and water wise.

Prior to re-vegetation, the Contractor shall ensure that the area is clear of any building materials, residues and other foreign debris.

All visible weeds shall be removed from the area before replacing topsoil where required.

Compacted soil shall be ripped along the contour and hand-trimmed. Topsoil shall then be spread evenly over the surface if required.

The final prepared ground surface shall be furrowed to follow the natural slope contours of the land and not smooth.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 53 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

2.16. MONITORING

Monitoring is an important tool in determining the effectiveness of management actions by measuring changes in the environment. These could be in the form of fixed point photography where an area is photographed on a seasonal basis to ascertain changes, monitoring of a particular aspect such as water quality parameters, recordings of animal movement from fixed point etc. The most important aspect of any monitoring programme is consistency and continuity. This will determine a level of scientific accuracy that can used to measure changes and implement or amend management strategies.

Fixed point monitoring must be used during construction and operation for this development. The identified site must provide a representational angle that will capture the development progress, and must include any sensitive areas to monitor impacts.

Duration and frequency of monitoring must include:

 During construction photographs must be taken at each ECO site visit;  During operation, the homeowner should continue photographing sensitive areas as designated by the ECO to monitor for rehabilitation growth and alien invasive vegetation.

2.17. AUDITS

Audits should be undertaken 6 months after completion of construction in order to ensure that all required recommendations were implemented. Then one operational environmental audit must be undertaken after the first full year of operation. Thereafter, an operational environmental audit must be undertaken once every two years for four years (2 additional audits).

Audit reports must comply with Appendix 7 the NEMA Amendments to the EIA Regulations of 2014.

2.18. NON-COMPLIANCE

The Applicant is responsible for, and required to, directly notify DEA&DP within 24 hours of any non-compliance that has occurred on the site.

2.18.1. PROCEDURES

The Contractor shall comply with the environmental specifications and requirements on an on- going basis and any failure on his part to do so will entitle the ER to impose a penalty.

In the event of non-compliance the following recommended process shall be followed:

The ER shall issue a notice of non-compliance to the Contractor, stating the nature and magnitude of the contravention. A copy shall be provided to the ECO.

The Contractor shall act to correct the non-conformance within 24 hours of receipt of the notice, or within a period that may be specified within the notice.

The Contractor shall provide the ER with a written statement describing the actions to be taken to discontinue the non-conformance, the actions taken to mitigate its effects and the expected results of the actions. A copy shall be provided to the ECO.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 54 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

In the case of the Contractor failing to remedy the situation within the predetermined time frame, the ER shall impose a monetary penalty based on the conditions of contract.

In the case of non-compliance giving rise to physical environmental damage or destruction, the ER shall be entitled to undertake or to cause to be undertaken such remedial works as may be required to make good such damage and to recover from the Contractor the full costs incurred in doing so.

In the event of a dispute, difference of opinion, etc. between any parties in regard to or arising out of interpretation of the conditions of the EMP, disagreement regarding the implementation or method of implementation of conditions of the EMP, etc. any party shall be entitled to require that the issue be referred to specialists for determination.

The ER shall at all times have the right to stop work and/or certain activities on site in the case of non-compliance or failure to implement remediation measures.

2.18.2. OFFENCES AND PENALTIES

Any avoidable non-compliance with the conditions of the EMP shall be considered sufficient ground for the imposition of a penalty.

 Possible offences, which should result in the issuing of a contractual penalty, include, but are not limited to:  Unauthorised entrance into no-go areas.  Catching and killing of wild animals.  Unauthorised damage to natural vegetation.  Unauthorised camp establishment, including stockpiling, storage, etc.  Hydrocarbons or hazardous material: negligent spills or leaks and insufficient storage.  Ablution facilities: non-use, insufficient facilities, insufficient maintenance.  Late method statements or failure to submit method statements.  Insufficient solid waste management, including clean-up of litter, unauthorised dumping etc.  Erosion due to negligence or non-performance.  Excessive cement or concrete spillage or contamination.  Insufficient fire control and unauthorised fires.  Non-induction of staff.

2.18.3. INDICATIVE LIST OF PENALTIES

Penalties will be issued for the transgressions listed below. Penalties may be issued per incident at the discretion of the ER and to a maximum as indicated below. Such penalties will be issued in addition to any remedial costs incurred as a result of non-compliance with the Environmental Specifications. The ER will inform the Contractor of the contravention and the amount of the fine, and will deduct the amount from monies due under the Contract. The money will be donated to an environmental organisation nominated the City of Cape Town. Proof of these donations must be recorded and presented to the ECO on request.

Spot penalties for the activities detailed below, will be imposed by the ER on the Contractor and/or his Sub-contractors.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 55 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

1 Unauthorised entrance into no-go areas. R7 000 - R15 000 Unauthorised persons walking outside the demarcated boundaries 2 R500 – R1 500 of the site Activities unauthorised by the ER outside the demarcated 3 R5 000 – R10 000 boundaries of the site. Unauthorised damage (disturbance) to natural vegetation or damage to natural vegetation due to negligence or non- 4 R7 000 – R18 000 compliance with the requirements of the EMPr (Please note rehabilitation may also be required) Failure to suitably demarcate and maintain demarcations of “No- 5 R1 500 – R5 000 Go” areas or to do so timeously Failure to suitably demarcate and maintain demarcations of the site 6 R1 000 – R3 000 boundaries as agreed with by the ER areas or to do so timeously Persons collecting firewood outside the demarcated boundaries of 7 R500 – R1 500 the site Any vehicle being driven, and items of plant or materials being 8 R5 000 – R10 000 parked or stored outside the demarcated boundaries of the site Catching, trapping, intentional killing, disturbing, feeding of wild 9 R1 000 – R3 000 animals reptiles or birds. Erosion due to negligence or non-performance or failure to control 10 R1 500 – R5 000 erosion. (Please note rehabilitation may also be required) 11 Late method statements or failure to submit method statements. R1 500 – R3 000 12 Failure to adhere to approved method statements R2 500 – R7 000 Unauthorised camp establishment, including stockpiling, storage, 13 R2 500 – R5 000 etc. 14 Insufficient fire control and unauthorised fires. R2 500 - R20 000 Site environmental file not properly maintained: no copy of EA or 15 EMPr, approved method statements not on file, ECO reports not on R1 500 – R3 000 file etc. Failure to maintain a complaints register on site or failure to 16 R1 000 – R1 500 address/respond to complaints 17 Failure to follow temporary shutdown procedures R6 000 – R8 000 18 Any vehicle driving in excess of designated speed limits R500 - R1 000 Improper storage/stockpiling of materials on site, or 19 R250 - R1 000 storage/stockpiling in unsuitable areas. Hydrocarbons or hazardous materials: negligent spills or leaks and 20 R1 000 - R5 000 insufficient storage, no hydrocarbon remediation product on site. Persistent and un-repaired oil leaks from machinery. The use of 21 inappropriate methods of refuelling such as the use of a funnel R2 000 - R10 000 rather than a pump, no drip tray etc. 22 Litter on site R500 – R4 000 Insufficient solid waste management, unauthorised dumping, poor 23 R2000 – R8 000 waste containment etc.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 56 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Failure to supply proof (invoices, waybills) of correct waste disposal 24 R2 000 – R7 000 on request 25 Excessive cement or concrete spillage or contamination. R2000 – R5 000 Cement / concrete mixing being done on bare soil and failure to 26 R1 500 – R5 000 manage water runoff from batching areas Wastage of water: leaking pipes and taps, proper taps or valves not 27 fitted to pipes, taps or hoses left running, irrigating outside of R500 – R2 000 permitted hours etc. Poor or improper wastewater management, washing of tools 28 R500 – R3 000 directly onto the ground. Failure to mitigate activities resulting in pollution or sedimentation of 29 R8 000 – R35 000 water resources (Please note rehabilitation may also be required) 30 The eating of meals on site outside the defined eating area. R200 - R1 000 31 Excess or unnecessary noise on or emanating from site R500 - R1500 32 Failure to implement sufficient dust control measures. R4 000 – R6 000 Any person, vehicle, item of plant, or anything related to the 33 R1 000 - R9 000 Contractors operations causing a public nuisance Ablution facilities: non-use, insufficient facilities, insufficient 34 R500 - R1 000 maintenance 35 Unauthorised activities outside of permitted working times R2 000 - R10 000 Failure to notify ER / ECO of activities or impacts that may affect the 36 R2 000 - R4 000 environment Any other contravention of an EMPr specification or any condition of Variable – Up to 37 an environmental nature or instruction from ER. R50 000 Variable – up to 38 Commencing construction activities without an ECO on site. R10 000 per month

For each subsequent similar offence the fine may be doubled in value to a maximum value of R100 000. The ER may also stop works.

2.18.4. PENALTIES

Where the Contractor inflicts non-repairable damage upon the environment or fails to comply with any of the environmental specifications, he/she shall be liable to pay a penalty fine over and above any other contractual consequence. In terms of the Conventional Penalties Act (1962) a creditor is not entitled to recover both the penalty and damages. Accordingly, where a Contractor causes damage, the Employer can either enforce a penalty or make the Contractor make good the damage, but not both.

The Contractor is deemed NOT to have complied with this Specification if:

a. within the boundaries of the site, site extensions and haul/ access roads there is evidence of contravention of the Specification; b. environmental damage ensues due to negligence; c. the Contractor fails to comply with corrective or other instructions issued by the ER within a specific time; and

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 57 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

d. the Contractor fails to respond adequately to complaints from the public.

Payment of any fines in terms of the contract shall not absolve the offender from being liable from prosecution in terms of any law.

The following penalties are suggested for transgressions:

a. Erosion A penalty equivalent in value to the cost of rehabilitation plus 20%

b. Oil spills A penalty equivalent in value to the cost of clean-up operation plus 20%

c. Damage to indigenous A penalty equivalent in value to the cost of restoration plus vegetation 20%.

d. Damage to sensitive A penalty equivalent in value to the cost of restoration plus environments 20%.

e. Damage to cultural sites A penalty to a maximum of R 100 000 shall be paid for any damage to any cultural/ historical sites

f. Damage to trees A penalty to a maximum of R100 000 shall paid for each tree removed without prior permission, or a maximum of R5 000 for damage to any tree, which is to be retained on site.

g. Penalties for removing or damaging trees:

Girth of trunk (1m above ground level) Replacement value per tree 0 – 15 mm R300

16 – 30 mm R600

31 – 50 mm R1 000

51 – 75 mm R2 000

76 – 100 mm R4 000

101 – 150 mm R10 000

150 – 300 mm R15 000

Larger than 300 mm R20 000 to R100 000

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 58 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

SECTION 3

OPERATIONAL PHASE

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 59 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

3.1. SECTION AIMS

Section 3 of the Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) is required to address the protection and ongoing management of the natural resources on the site. The overarching goal is to ensure that undue or reasonably avoidable impacts of the proposed activities are avoided and that positive impacts are enhanced. This Operational Environmental Management Plan (OEMP) has been compiled to fulfil such requirements.

This will ensure that the greater Outcome of Integrated Environmental Management (IEM) which aims to promote the concept of sustainable development and that underpins environmental process in South Africa will be upheld throughout the project. The controls set out in this OEMP are to ensure that the recommendations made by specialists regarding the development have and are being implemented and upheld.

The OEMP details the environmental goals Outcomes, management actions, monitoring requirements, and criteria for long-term management and monitoring, as well as remedial actions where actions are ineffective.

3.2. ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

This operational management plan has been compiled during the environmental authorisation process of the project. The management strategies in this section of the report have been made based on the assumption that the recommendations made by the specialists have been completed and that the conditions of approval in the Environmental Authorisation, should approval be granted, have been met. This section of the EMPr may have to be amended following on any approvals made, to ensure that all the recommendations are captured as management strategies, as well as any other conditions that may be made.

3.3. REVIEW OF SECTION 3 OF THE EMPr

It is envisaged that a review of this OEMP will not be required. However it may be undertaken should the applicant wish to, or by way of instruction from DEA&DP.

3.4. RECORD KEEPING

The applicant will keep records of, but not limited to, the following:

 Routine implementation and management schedules, budgets and costs.  Monitoring reports of maintenance and repairs.  Complaints received and responses made.  Audit reports and reviews of the OEMP.  Changes to the OEMP (with subsequent approvals for changes).

Records should be kept with all the documentation. These must be made available for review on request, based on adequate motivation.

3.5. NON-COMPLIANCE

Allegations of non-compliance by members of the public, stakeholders, visitors to the site and Authorities, must be reported to the estate manager for investigation. All such allegations should be recorded in written format, together with the findings of the investigation. These records must

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 60 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME be stored for consideration during the audit process. All acts of non-compliance must be reported to the estate manager. The action to remediate acts of non-compliance must be identified in consultation with a suitable specialist or environmental consultant and a cost attached to this.

The individual responsible for the act of non-compliance must be financially responsible for the remediation of any damage to the environment. The instruction to remediate must come from the estate manager.

3.6. FUNDING

The cost for the any operational phase audits, required monitoring or similar must be provided by the property owner once operational.

3.7. OPERATIONAL MANAGEMENT GOALS

Under this item the EMP sets the procedures for the development to achieve its operational environmental policy and goals. This section describes the various management action to be implemented to achieve the impact management outcomes described under Section 4.1.3.

The following have been set as Management Goals to ensure responsible and environmentally sustainable long-term management of the site:

GOAL 1: Maintenance of the stormwater channel outlet structure

To ensure that the stormwater outlet structure is maintained in good order.

GOAL 2: Management and upkeep of the wetlands

To ensure that all wetlands adjacent to upgraded road are maintained in an ecologically healthy state.

GOAL 3: Maintenance of bridge crossing van Wyks River

To ensure that any maintenance required on the bridge crossing van Wyks River is done with the least amount of disturbance to the environment.

GOAL 4: Maintenance of culverts at stream crossings

To ensure that culverts at stream crossings are functional, without blockages, allowing for free flowing of water, and to restrict any erosion at the inflow and outflow of the culverts.

GOAL 5: Management and control of alien and invasive vegetation

To control and reduce invasive alien vegetation.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 61 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

SECTION 4

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EMPr

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 62 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

4.1. IMPLEMENTING THE EMPr

The following tables are provided to assist the developer, design team, engineer and contractor with the effective implementation of this EMPr. The table below serves as a quick reference guide to the EMPr, but must be read in conjunction with the entire document.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 63 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

4.1.1. PLANNING & PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Management Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Management Action Monitoring Method Outcome & Target Monitoring Frequency Aspect:  Non-compliance with Outcome:  Pre-construction induction  Copies of all authorisations Responsibility: Legislative environmental Ensure compliance to ensure compliance with and management plans ECO, Engineers, requirements legislation. with environmental the EA and EMPr. are present on site. Contractor & Project Activity:  Job creation during legislation.  Refer to SECTION 1.4 of this  ECO to provide proof of Management Familiarisation with construction. Target: EMPr. compliance in the first Monitoring Frequency: the contents of the Commence site environmental control Once off - prior to EMPr & EA. establishment with all report. commencement of permits on hand. site clearing & earthworks. Aspect:  Disturbance to no-go Outcome:  All areas outside of the  ECO to maintain Responsibility: Site and layout areas. Ensure that the construction / photographic record of ECO, Contractor & establishment.  Loss or deterioration disturbance footprint development area to be demarcation. Project Management Activity: of wetland and is limited to the clearly demarcated. Monitoring Frequency: Vegetation outside Demarcation of riverine habitat demarcated site Prior to development area is development areas through bulldozing of area. commencement of considered no-go areas. and no-go areas. river banks / Target: site clearing & wetlands, leading to Contain all  The design of the road must earthworks erosion. aim to minimise the construction activities Monitor weekly inside the footprint of the road demarcated site construction, and sensitive area. ecosystems that are to be protected along the road route must be demarcated prior to any construction activities, so that these can be avoided.  Where streams are affected by river crossings, consideration must be given at the design phase to remedial shaping of

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 64 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Management Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Management Action Monitoring Method Outcome & Target Monitoring Frequency banks to their near-natural slope, geomorphological and bed characteristics.  Refer to SECTIONS 2.7 of this EMPr. Aspect:  Unnecessary impacts Outcome:  As defined in the EMPr.  Contractor to provide Responsibility: Environmental to environmental Ensure that all  Refer to SECTION 1.8 of this details to ECO. ECO & Contractor Awareness aspects. relevant parties and EMPr.  ECO to provide details in Monitoring Frequency: Activity:  Employment workers understand monthly reports. Prior to Environmental opportunities and the EMPr commencement of Induction Training skills development requirements. site clearing & opportunities during Target: earthworks, and once the construction and No environmental a week for the operational phases. incidents recorded. duration of the construction phase. Aspect:  Creation of Outcome:  Where reasonable and None required. Responsibility: Socio-economic employment and  To provide practical appoint local Applicant & Activity: business employment and contractors and implement Contractor opportunities. a ‘locals first’ policy, Introduction of business Monitoring Frequency: especially for semi and low- construction  Presence of opportunities. Prior to skilled job categories. workers on site and construction workers  To avoid impacts commencement of movement of and potential on family structures  Where feasible, seek to construction activities. construction impacts on family and social networks employ local contactors workers to and from structures and social of the local that are BBBEE compliant. site. networks. community.  Where feasible, local Target: training and skills No incidents development programmes disrupting family must be initiated prior to structures and social the initiation of the networks of the local construction phase. community recorded.  The recruitment selection process must seek to promote gender equality

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 65 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Management Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Management Action Monitoring Method Outcome & Target Monitoring Frequency and the employment of women wherever possible.  The proponent must liaise with the DLM with regards the establishment of a database of local companies, specifically BBBEE companies, which qualify as potential service providers (e.g. construction companies, catering companies, waste collection companies, security companies etc.) prior to the commencement of the tender process for construction contractors. These companies must be notified of the tender process and invited to bid for project-related work;  Where possible, the proponent must assist local BBBEE companies to complete and submit the required tender forms and associated information.  Where possible, the proponent must make it a requirement for contractors to implement a ‘locals first’ policy for construction jobs, specifically for semi and low-skilled job categories; MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 66 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Management Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Management Action Monitoring Method Outcome & Target Monitoring Frequency  The proponent must consider the option of establishing a Monitoring Forum (MF) in order to monitor the construction phase and the implementation of the recommended mitigation measures. The MF must be established before the construction phase commences, and must include key stakeholders, including representatives from local communities, councillors, farmers and the contractor(s). The MF must also be briefed on the potential risks to the local community associated with construction workers;  The proponent and the contractor(s) must, in consultation with representatives from the MF, develop a code of conduct for the construction phase. The code must identify which types of behaviour and activities are not acceptable. Construction workers in breach of the code must be dismissed. All dismissals must comply with the South African labour legislation;  The proponent and appointed contractor must

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 67 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Management Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Management Action Monitoring Method Outcome & Target Monitoring Frequency meet with the principals from the local schools in the area and inform them of the project. The principals must be informed of the potential risk posed by construction workers to school children, specifically girls. A mechanism must be established that enables school children to report incidents involving contractors to the school principals, who in turn can report the incidents to the Environmental Control Officer and the Project Engineer;  The proponent and the contractor must implement an HIV/AIDS awareness programme for all construction workers at the outset of the construction phase. The programme must also inform construction workers that incidents involving school children will not be tolerated;  Construction workers found guilty of harassing school children must be dismissed. All dismissals must be in accordance with South African Labour Law regulations;  The proponent and the contractor must implement

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 68 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Management Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Management Action Monitoring Method Outcome & Target Monitoring Frequency an HIV/AIDS awareness programme for the local schools. This must be planned and implemented in consultation with the local school principals. The aim of the programme must be to inform local school children of the potential risks posed by construction workers;  The contractor must provide transport to and from the site on a daily basis for low and semi- skilled construction workers. This will enable the contactor to effectively manage and monitor the movement of construction workers on and off the site;  It is recommended that no construction workers, with the exception of security personnel, must be permitted to stay over-night on the site.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 69 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

4.1.2. CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency Aspect:  Disturbance to and Outcome:  Limit the footprint area of  Contractor to record any Responsibility: Vegetation loss of indigenous  Prevent unnecessary the construction activity to incidents of vegetation loss ECO & Contractor Activity: vegetation. vegetation loss. the site. in the No-Go areas. Monitoring Frequency: Site establishment,  Direct loss of riverine  Avoid the spread of  Designate areas outside  Contractor to provide Throughout the earthworks and or wetland habitat invasive alien plants. the construction footprint details to ECO. construction phase. construction and flora and fauna. Target: as No-Go areas. vehicles movement.  Introduction and  No loss of  Prohibit temporary storage spread of invasive vegetation beyond of building material or soil alien plants (IAPs) the site, in other within areas of natural through disturbance words the No-Go vegetation falling outside of soils and use of areas. of the construction poor top soil. footprint.  Disturbance of soils to be avoided as far  The design of the road must aim to minimise the as possible. footprint of the road construction.  Alien species (e.g. acacias, kikuyu grass, Spanish reed) must be removed from river reaches affected by river crossings.  Removal of vegetation must be kept to a minimum.  Bridge supports must be designed preferably to span the full width of the stream or wetland, rather than be placed in the stream bed or in the wetland.  The preferred bridge design (Alternative 3) will

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 70 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency probably lead to the loss of a wetland on Erf 832. This could be mitigated by rehabilitating the stretch of the Van Wyks River affected by the road upgrade. A method statement dealing specifically with the rehabilitation of the affected reaches of the Van Wyks River must be submitted as per the requirements of the EMP. The method statement must provide guidelines as to how to achieve sufficient ecological rehabilitation to balance the impacts of loss of wetland habitat.  Refer to SECTION 2.7.2 & 2.7.3 of this EMPr. Aspect:  Loss or deterioration Outcome:  Construction near rivers  Contractor to record any Responsibility: Aquatic ecosystems of wetland and  Prevent unnecessary and wetlands must take incidents that could  ECO & Contractor riverine habitat place during the dry potentially affect surface Activity: deterioration and Monitoring Frequency: through bulldozing of loss to wetland season, in order to water features.  Locating borrow  Throughout the river banks / habitats, pollution of minimise the impacts of  Contractor to provide pits in sensitive construction phase. wetlands, leading to surface water, bulldozing and blasting. details to ECO. rivers or wetlands. erosion. erosion of stream  Runoff from the  Bulldozing of river  Direct loss of riverine banks. construction area must be banks / wetlands. or wetland habitat Target: directed away from  The potential and flora and fauna  Impacts on wetland, streams and wetlands. disruption of flow

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 71 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency regime. as a result of the stream habitats, soil  Sediment settlement  Oil and fuel location of borrow erosion, stream ponds must be used spillages and pits in sensitive rivers contamination to be where runoff is particularly dumping of or wetlands. avoided. turbid. building materials.  Loss of connectivity  Banks must be re- and deterioration of vegetated after clean-up, habitat through to the satisfaction of the disruption of flow ECO. regime leading to  If required, borrow pits nutrient / sediment must be located at least build-up and 100m away from wetlands eutrophication. or rivers, and any runoff from borrow pits must be directed away from wetlands or rivers, into settlement ponds.  Only clean, clear runoff must be allowed to flow back into rivers and wetlands.  Where borrow pits do impact on the natural environment: o Removal and bagging of plants useful for rehabilitation of banks must be considered. o Removal of alien species (e.g. acacias, kikuyu grass, Spanish reed) can be considered to be a positive impact of

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 72 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency construction. o Removal of vegetation must be kept to a minimum, and temporarily cleared areas must be re- vegetated after clean- up.  Disruption of flow must be kept to a minimum, but where necessary, temporary diversion measures must allow flushing of the streams to prevent build-up of material.  Construction close to the streams must take place in summer, so that winter rains will flush the systems after construction.  The final design of temporary diversion measures must be ratified by a freshwater ecologist.  No obstructions to flow shall remain in the rivers or wetlands after construction is completed.  All building materials must be stored away at least 50m from aquatic ecosystems and the areas

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 73 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency bunded appropriately.  Washing of vehicles and machinery must take place well away (50m) from aquatic ecosystems.  All machinery must be regularly checked for leaks.  No runoff shall enter the wetlands, streams or rivers.  Bridge supports must be designed preferably to span the full width of the stream or wetland, rather than be placed in the stream bed or in the wetland.  The preferred bridge design (Alternative 3) will probably lead to the loss of a wetland on Erf 832. This could be mitigated by rehabilitating the stretch of the Van Wyks River affected by the road upgrade.  A method statement dealing specifically with the rehabilitation of the affected reaches of the Van Wyks River must be submitted. The method statement must provide guidelines as to how to

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 74 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency achieve sufficient ecological rehabilitation to balance the impacts of loss of wetland habitat. Refer to SECTION 2.13.3 of this EMPr.

Aspect:  Increased Outcome:  Lighting used during the  Contractor to record any Responsibility:  Sensitive disturbance of fauna To avoid excessive construction phase must incidents that could Contractor ecosystems and flora from noise noise generation and be directed away from potentially affect surface Monitoring Frequency: and light. sensitive wetlands and water features.  Sense of place light pollution from site Throughout the rivers. Activity:  Construction vehicles operations.  Contractor to provide construction phase. and other  Construction activities as details to ECO. Noise & light Target: construction well as the use of nuisance from Minimise the machinery will construction vehicles on construction related incidence of noise increase the noise the road must only occur activities. generation and levels during working disturbance by light. between 08:00am and hours. 17:00pm.  Increased noise levels  All construction vehicles may be a nuisance must be fitted with factor to occupiers of silencers to avoid the land. excessive noise.  All equipment to be adequately maintained and kept in good working order to reduce noise.  All employees must be given the necessary ear protection gear.  Noise levels must comply with the SANS 100103 – 0994 (recommended noise levels).

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 75 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency  All mitigation measures relating to noise control as described in the EMPr must be adhered to.  Refer to SECTION 2.11 of this EMPr. Aspect:  Generation of dust as Outcome:  Dust suppression methods,  All spills or accidents Responsibility: Air Quality a result of  To avoid dust from such as wetting or laying involving such materials are Contractor Activity: construction related excavated materials straw, should be applied to be recorded by the Monitoring Frequency: activities. where there are large Contractor. Excavations, and construction Throughout the tracts of exposed surfaces. construction  Emission of exhaust activities.  Contractor to provide construction phase If wetting is used, activities and fumes by construction  To avoid excessive details to ECO. consideration in the use of construction vehicles. emissions from non-potable water must vehicles movement. construction vehicles. be considered. Target:  Stock piles and spoil heaps must be covered with Minimise the tarpaulins or straw to incidence of dust or prevent fugitive dust. emission related complaints.  All construction vehicles must be appropriately maintained to minimise exhaust emissions  All mitigation measures described in the EMPr relating to dust and vehicle emissions must be adhered to.  Refer to SECTION 2.11 of this EMPr.

Aspect:  Damage to Outcome:  All fires starting on the The Applicant should Responsibility: Fire Management infrastructure and To ensure that any fire boundary of the undertake general visual Contractor

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 76 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency Activity: property. occurring in or around construction site will be monitoring and must report Monitoring Frequency: Unforeseen fire  Damage to the the site does not regarded as a potential any fire outbreaks to the Throughout the outbreaks. natural environment. present an undue hazard and contingency relevant authorities. construction phase. threat plans for dealing with this Remedial Action: must be adhered to. Target: Input from the local Efficient response time  The procedure to be authority or fire in the event of a fire. followed in case of fire department may be Well maintained and must be set with the sought as necessary. correctly functioning relevant sections of the equipment. Local Authority.  Access must be allowed into the site for emergency vehicles in the case of fire on the site or its boundaries. Fire trucks must stay on existing roads as far as possible.  All fire hydrants, extinguishers, hoses, couplings and equipment must be checked, serviced and maintained at intervals specified by the manufacturer’s guidelines. Aspect:  Bad odours and Outcome:  The developer must be  The Applicant must ensure Responsibility: Waste unsightliness resulting To ensure that the encouraged to apply best that waste is collected and Contractor management in the build-up of principles of “reduce, practice in terms of waste disposed of at an Monitoring Frequency: waste. management: to reduce approved waste disposal Activity: re-use, recycle” are Weekly  Attraction of implemented and waste produced, re-use facility. Management and Remedial Action: scavengers. upheld on site. resources wherever  General visual monitoring control of waste. Advice may be sought  Damage to the Target: possible, and recycle must be done on an with regards to refuse natural environment. appropriately. ongoing basis Effective disposal from the local

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 77 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency implementation of the  Bins must have lids to authority as required. principles of “reduce, prevent scavengers or the re-use and recycle”. distribution of litter by the No areas causing wind. contamination of the  There is to be no burning natural environment. of waste on property.  No wastes of whatever nature are permitted to be placed or dumped on any area of the site.  No paint or any other chemicals shall be disposed of anywhere except at waste disposal sites that are licence to receive such waste.  No cement, concrete, plaster, mortar etc. shall be mixed on bare ground. No waste from cement, concrete, plaster, mortar etc. or wastewater from washing equipment are to be disposed of anywhere on the property. Aspect: There will be an Outcome:  The following measures will  Contractor to monitor and Responsibility: Traffic increase in traffic as a  To avoid any traffic be used to accommodate oversee. Contractor Activity: result of construction disruptions resulting traffic during the  Contractor to provide Monitoring Frequency: vehicles on the road construction phase: Traffic disruption. from construction details to ECO. Throughout the network. Additionally Increase in traffic. activities.  For half width construction, construction of the there will be traffic  To limit any traffic a stop/go system will be road upgrade. disruptions on the disruptions on used during the day time, section of the MR 191 section of MR 191 to and during the night time

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 78 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency undergoing upgrades. be upgraded. hours a robot system will Target: be implemented; Minimise any traffic  The maximum stop-go disruptions that could period should be 10 occur. minutes;  The travelling public will have the right of way on public roads, and the Contractor shall make use of approved methods to control the movement of equipment and vehicles so as not to constitute a hazard on public roads;  Considering the safety and convenience of travelling public of utmost importance. Every effort must be made to ensure that all temporary road signs, cones, flagmen and speed controls must be maintained and effective, and that courtesy is extended to the public at all times;  Construction work, including the erection and removal of traffic control facilities, shall only be executed between sunrise and sunset on Monday to Saturday, inclusive.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 79 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency  All construction vehicles, when on site, will not exceed the speed of 30km per hour.  Damage to the surface of roads resulting from construction vehicles or construction activities must be repaired at the cost of the contractor. Repairs will be done to the satisfaction of the ER.  Deliveries to and from the site should be restricted to daylight hours. Aspect: Impact on irrigation Outcome:  The location of the  Contractor to monitor and Responsibility: Existing irrigation infrastructure belonging  To avoid damage to pipeline must be oversee. Contractor infrastructure to SAPIB. SAPIB irrigation demarcated at the outset  Contractor to provide Monitoring Frequency: of the construction phase Activity: infrastructure. details to ECO. Throughout the and the necessary Site establishment, Target: construction of the measures must be taken to earthworks and Irrigation infrastructure road upgrade. ensure that the construction is unaffected. construction related vehicles movement. activities do not impact on or damage the pipeline;  In the event of the pipeline being damaged, the contractor must be required to fix the pipeline and restore flow within 1 day of the damage occurring;  In order to reduce the

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 80 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring Action Monitoring Frequency potential risks to the farms that rely on the pipeline, construction work along the section of the road (km 1.6) where the pipeline is located must be planned to take place during the winter months (May-September) when the impacts associated with damage to the pipeline would be lower;  Due to the age of and nature of the pipeline (asbestos), the option of replacing the section of the pipeline where it crosses the road reserve were also discussed. A decision on this matter must be taken in consultation with the SAPIB before the commencement of the construction phase.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 81 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

4.1.3. OPERATIONAL PHASE

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring & Remedial Action Monitoring Frequency Aspect:  Siltation or erosion of Outcome:  Works are only to be General Monitoring: Responsibility: Stormwater the streams where To ensure that the conducted during the dry  The outlet structures must Applicant the Mr 191 cross, (summer season) when the Activity: stormwater channel be inspected after the Monitoring Frequency: caused by excessive outlet structure is river is at its lowest flow. high-flow months (i.e. Maintenance of the Throughout the stormwater flows. maintained in good  The area of works winter). stormwater channel operational phase –  Damage to the order. (disturbance) must be outlet structure.  If a litter trap is placed in during the dry season stormwater outlet limited to the area Target: the outlet structure, this (summer season) only. structure as a result of  A well-functioning required to carry out the must be inspected on a Monitoring flood events. stormwater outflow intervention required. This monthly basis. mechanism:  Blockage of the system. must be clearly Monitoring of Maintenance demarcated.  Site inspection must stormwater outlet as  Maintenance Intervention Activities: be undertaken a result of silt interventions that  If a litter trap is to be  The Applicant will carry out during and at the deposition. result in minimal placed at the outlet a site inspection during and completion of the disturbance to the structure, this must be at the completion of the raining season river periodically cleared of raining season following following completion debris. The litter trap must completion of activities. also be repaired or of activities.  Due to the nature of the replaced if required.  One operational activity it is envisaged that environmental audit  Any areas of disturbance one operational must be undertaken created as a result of environmental audit will be after the first full year intervention activities must undertaken after the first full of operation. be rehabilitated. year of operation in order Thereafter, an Erosion: to assess the efficacy of the operational  Any signs of erosion maintenance and environmental audit around stormwater management activities that must be undertaken channel outlet structures have been undertaken. once every two must be backfilled, Thereafter, an operational years for four years (2 compacted with clean soil environmental audit will be additional audits). and re-vegetated with undertaken once every  The Cape Winelands suitable indigenous two years for four years (2 Regional Road vegetation as soon as this additional audits). All costs Maintenance Office for the audit will be for the

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 82 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring & Remedial Action Monitoring Frequency is noted. Applicants account. will conduct  No hard engineering will  The Cape Winelands maintenance on be considered as a Regional Road stormwater outlets, suitable approach to Maintenance Office will culverts, silt traps and address erosion in terms of conduct maintenance on litter traps on behalf this EMPr. Only if necessary stormwater outlets, culverts, of the Department of and only in the affected silt traps and litter traps on Transport and Public area, a biodegradable behalf of the Department Works. (untreated) log and peg of Transport and Public system can be used to Works. stabilise an eroded area. Remedial Action: Silt:  Increase the frequency of  Any excessive silt in stream monitoring. channels must be  Specialist advice (botanist, removed. freshwater specialist, or civil  As far as possible silt should engineer) may be sought be removed manually (by as necessary. hand).  Consultation with DEA&DP  Silt removed from streams and DW&S must be taken immediately from the site and is to be safely disposed of. Silt may not be used to fill in any wetland areas. Structure Repair:  If any repairs to the outlet structure are required, these are to be conducted during the low- flow season, to minimise the possibility of contamination or pollution

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 83 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring & Remedial Action Monitoring Frequency of the river, as well as in accordance with the principles described in the Environmental Management Programme.  In the event that the stormwater outlet structure is damaged it may be repaired. The structure may not be moved from its original foot print or increased in size.  The relevant construction related principals in the approved EMPr must be implemented when the structure is repaired. Aspect: The wetlands located Outcome:  Any maintenance  The Applicant will carry out Responsibility: Wetlands between the road and To ensure that all activities conducted in the a site inspection during and Applicant the railway developed wetlands should take at the completion of the Activity: wetlands adjacent to Monitoring Frequency: due to restricted the road upgrade are place during the summer, raining season following Maintenance and Throughout the drainage as a result of maintained in an when levels and flow rates completion of activities. upkeep of operational phase – the construction of the ecologically healthy are low. Remedial Action: wetlands. during the dry season road and railway line. state.  Any aquatic invasive  Specialist advice should be (summer season) only. These wetlands fulfil the Target: species must be sought as required. role of stormwater Monitoring The wetlands prevented from growing in attenuation; any mechanism: contribute to the these areas. All removal impact on them can  Site inspection must attenuation of must be done by hand. affect the stormwater be undertaken stormwater. Under no circumstances control in the area. may herbicides be used in during and at the or around the wetlands. completion of the  Any silt traps in the raining season stormwater system must be following completion

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 84 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring & Remedial Action Monitoring Frequency cleared as required. of activities.  Litter traps must be  One operational regularly cleared of environmental audit accumulated debris. must be undertaken after the first full year of operation. Thereafter, an operational environmental audit must be undertaken once every two years for four years (2 additional audits).  The Cape Winelands Regional Road Maintenance Office will conduct maintenance on stormwater outlets, culverts, silt traps and litter traps on behalf of the Department of Transport and Public Works. Aspect:  Infrastructure falling Outcome:  Revegetated banks should  The Applicant will carry out Responsibility: Bridge Crossing van into a state of To ensure that any be monitored during a site inspection during and Applicant disrepair. audits to determine at the completion of the Wyks River maintenance required Monitoring Frequency:  Flow disruption. on the bridge crossing effectiveness of raining season following Activity: Throughout the van Wyks River is done rehabilitation. Areas where completion of activities. Maintenance of  Bank erosion. operational phase – with the least amount vegetation bridge crossing van  Siltation. Remedial Action: during the dry season of disturbance to the reestablishment was not Wyks River.  Increase the frequency of (summer season) only. successful should be environment. monitoring. revisited and if the Monitoring Target:  Increased use of erosion situation cannot be mechanism:

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 85 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring & Remedial Action Monitoring Frequency Maintenance controlled by revegetation control measures.  Site inspection must interventions that result the responsible party  Specialist advice may be be undertaken in minimal disturbance should consider using sought as necessary. during and at the to the watercourses. gabions to protect the completion of the banks. raining season  During flood periods debris following completion can collect at the bridge of activities. crossing disrupting the  One operational water flow. Debris should environmental audit be cleared as part of must be undertaken maintenance efforts.. after the first full year  Any maintenance or of operation. rehabilitation activities in Thereafter, an the aquatic areas should operational take place in the dry environmental audit season, during low-flow must be undertaken periods. once every two  Any infilling must be done years for four years (2 with river rocks, and not additional audits). with rubble of any sort.  The Cape Winelands  The use of large machinery Regional Road or plant for repair works in Maintenance Office any watercourse is will conduct prohibited. maintenance on stormwater outlets,  The relevant construction culverts, silt traps and related principals in the litter traps on behalf approved EMPr must be of the Department of implemented when the Transport and Public structure is repaired. Works. Aspect:  Culverts can block up Outcome:  Any blockages of culverts  The Applicant will carry out Responsibility: Culverts at stream with debris during To ensure that culverts need to be removed as a site inspection during and Applicant flood events. part of the maintenance at the completion of the crossings. at stream crossings are and management of the raining season following

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 86 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring & Remedial Action Monitoring Frequency Activity:  Damage to the functional, without road. completion of activities. Monitoring Frequency: Maintenance of structure as a result of blockages, allowing  During audits and as part Remedial Action: Throughout the culverts at stream flood events. for free flowing of of maintenance streams  Increase the frequency of operational phase – crossings.  Erosion of the bank at water, and to restrict need to be monitored for monitoring. during the dry season any erosion at the the inflow and signs of bank erosion.  Specialist advice (botanist, (summer season) only. inflow and outflow of outflow of the culvert.  Bank stabilization will be freshwater specialist, or civil Monitoring the culverts.  Siltation and litter required where erosion has engineer) may be sought mechanism: Target: accumulation. occurred. as necessary.  Site inspection must Maintenance  Revegetation of banks will  Consultation with DEA&DP be undertaken interventions that result be required at the sign of and DW&S during and at the in minimal disturbance any erosion. completion of the to stream banks.  If revegetation is not raining season effective the responsible following completion party should consider of activities. stabilizing banks with  One operational gabions. environmental audit  Silt build-up should be must be undertaken cleared manually where after the first full year possible. of operation. Thereafter, an operational environmental audit must be undertaken once every two years for four years (2 additional audits).  The Cape Winelands Regional Road Maintenance Office will conduct maintenance on stormwater outlets, culverts, silt traps and

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 87 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Responsible Party & Aspect & Activity Associated Impacts Outcome & Target Management Action Monitoring & Remedial Action Monitoring Frequency litter traps on behalf of the Department of Transport and Public Works. Aspect: Spreading of alien and Outcome:  The Contractor shall be  Monitoring and removal of Responsibility: Alien and Invasive invasive vegetation to  To control and responsible for ensuring weeds, aliens and other  Applicant Vegetation surrounding reduce invasive that any re-vegetated invasive vegetation must Monitoring Frequency: environments. areas remain free of all take place monthly. Activity: alien vegetation on  Monthly throughout invasive alien and Clearing and site.  Removal of alien and the operational indigenous weed species management of Target: invasive vegetation at early phase. during the contract and Alien and Invasive  To reduce the stage will reduce establishment period. Vegetation. number of invasive disturbance to natural alien plants on site.  Alien and invasive areas and minimise the vegetation should be impact of these plants on  To reduce the controlled or removed as desirable indigenous spread of invasive prescribe by the Alien and species. alien vegetation on Invasive Species the site and to the Remedial Action: Regulations of 2014. surrounding areas.  Clearing scheduling to be  All fill material must be adjusted appropriately. checked for grass runners,  Advice should be sought seeds and seedlings of IAPs. from a landscape specialist  Areas where fill material or horticulturist regarding has been placed, or the require methodology. where rehabilitation has occurred after clean-up, must be regularly checked for IAPs.

MR 191 ROAD UPGRADE (DJEC Ref: 2010/03) © DJEC 88 ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Locality Map Annexure 2: Method Statement - Example Template Annexure 3: Environmental Awareness Material Annexure 4: Temporary Shutdown Checklist Annexure 5: Concise Curriculum Vitae of Author Annexure 6: Environmental Authorisation

Annexure 7: River Maintenance Management Plan Annexure 1: Locality Map

UPGRADING OF MR 191

SITE CO-ORDINATES Paarl 0.0km - 33O 47.005’ S 18 O 57.071’ E 9.57km - 33O 51.531’ S 18 O 58.379’ E N1 km 0 THE SITE

PREVAILING WIND DIRECTION

R101 Nov – April

May – Oct

Klapmuts

Simondium R44 DJEC REF . 2010/03 JULY 2011

MR 191 (R45) km 9.57

Helshoogte R d DOUG JEFFERY Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd

UPGRADING OF MR 191

SITE CO-ORDINATES

0.0km - 33O 47.005’ S Paarl 18 O 57.071’ E 9.57km - 33O 51.531’ S N1 18 O 58.379’ E km 0 THE SITE

PREVAILING WIND DIRECTION

Nov – April MR191 (R45) Klapmuts May – Oct

Simondium

DJEC REF . 2010/03 JULY 2011

km 9.57

Helshoogte Rd DOUG JEFFERY Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd

L1.3 L1.2 L1.4

Y : 418 X : 373 COORDINATE LIST Z : 0.00 100 REFERENCE MARKS L1.5 CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 8 L1.6 L NEW ROAD RESERVE SW O WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM L1.1 O S POINT 0/9 H L WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM C IL POINT POINT No. Y X S K Y +4 200 S Z Y +4 200 L1.7 O D No. Y X No. Y X +0,000 +0 000 000,000 L1.1 (b) 300 T F L SW O E I +0,000 +0 000 000,000 +0,000 +0 000 000,000 PRB1 4 526.106 3 739 659.543 128.241

F L1.8 0/8 L1.16 K BCC 4 257.434 3 740 152.050 D1 4 349.966 3 739 552.126 ECC L1.14 PRB2 4 272.071 3 740 017.199 123.327 3° L1.15 C 6 L1.9 L1.17 286/83 I 6,2 R 3 739 610.385 3078 11 PI 3 4 240.236 3 740 248.327 D2 4 326.129 PRB3 4 244.633 3 740 276.217 130.377 B L1.1 (a) SW

O 3739640.1526 832/56 00 0/12 ECC 4 269.403 3 740 341.678 D3 4 307.995 PRB4 4 344.380 3 740 551.535 144.197 3075 2 PSS1 T L1.13 PROPOSED 3400 400 Y : 4240.236 X : 3740248.327 4 278.905 3739678.5422 SW R1.7 0 L1.12 L1.18 122.355 EXPROPIATION D4 HM-HS3 4 271.310 3 739 470.470 132.121 R1.6 R1.8 NEW 1,8m VIBRACRETE WALL

STRAWBERRY FIELD 0/4 R1.5 L1.11 HM-HS4 4 532.010 3 739 635.770 128.435 R1.5R1.4 SW L1.10 SW 0/6 R1.9 HM-OBL 4 415.200 3 739 951.390 122.228 0/7 L1.19 L1.20 C L1.21 P C R1.10 A TERRAFORCE B A 800 REM. 832/48 700 R RETAINING WALL C L R1.11 5 CONCRETE BC EXCAVATIONS FOR BRICKS 830 00 SLAB THE FARM C E H R1.3 R1.12 CC U MH DRAAIHOOGTE No. 819 T EC CLOSED E SW ECC C 600 0/11 R1.13 REM. 819 R1.21 900 SW D4 0 SW R1.20 PRB3 BRICK FIELD 0/3 0 1 O R1.17 P 0/10 SW 130.38 THE FARM 52 R1.16 R1.18 R1.19 EXCAVATIONS FOR BRICKS 51 0/13 SW MH No. 827 C S F L 0/5 E RA O R REM. 832/54 R1.15 N S V OPEN DRAIN SC E I THE FARM No. 1278 EXCAVATIONS FOR BRICKS HH D TU 10 OE D 00 K E PROPOSED Y : 4278.379 X : 3740034.792 D3 R R1.14 200 O EXPROPIATION RE/1278 HM-HS3 A 132.121 D PRB2 EXCAVATIONS FOR BRICKS 1 R1.2 2 123.33 .5 395 9 m RIP EXISTING ROAD D2

T 4 832/57 CONCRETE 3204 H 5 BRIDGE 9 R N E 1 / E o 3

GD42/677 F M . 1 COORDINATE LIST COORDINATE LIST A E SW 8 8 . R D 0 3 0 CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 8 MH 0/2 2 M U 1 3 REMOVE NEW ROAD RESERVE NEW ROAD RESERVE COORDINATE LIST COORDINATE LIST T

I 2 REM. M FENCE R1.1 V G

R NEW ROAD RESERVE NEW ROAD RESERVE 832/36 D E WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM )

S POINT H POINT POINT D1 C

L E T L L L

R R

O R WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM

D A A

A No. N Y X

A A

A No. Y X No. Y X

I I

P P 3203 S P POINT POINT E L D W E +0,000 +0 000 000,000 POLESPOLESPOLES +0,000 +0 000 000,000 +0,000 +0 000 000,000 No. Y X No. Y X P O I HM-D1B N P BCC 4 246.258 3 739 645.304 L1.1 (a) ( 4 219.021 3 739 610.216 L1.10 4 238.179 3 739 950.139 +0,000 +0 000 000,000 +0,000 +0 000 000,000 120.144 THE FARM No. 832 PI 1 4 184.376 3 739 719.474 L1.1 (b) 4 203.126 3 739 624.544 L1.11 4 234.446 3 739 957.177 R1.1 4 349.9658 3 739 552.125 R1.11 4 254.581 3 739 903.812 832/58 REM. 832/38 BOLLARDS 832/79 ECC 4 211.972 3 739 812.041 4 190.171 3 739679.434 3 739 953.103 4 317.7148 3 739 603.358 R1.12 O L1.1 L1.12 4 228.585 R1.2 4 261.015 3 739 927.547 P 52 L1.2 4 178.516 3 739 722.259 L1.13 3 739 943.992 R1.3 44 263.9722253.257 3 739 661.508 R1.13 4 270.327 3 739 941.165 49 4 224.462 Y +4 400 832/50 SW 832/49 CURVE SETTING OUT DATA L1.3 4 175.788 3 739 745.315 L1.14 4 214.440 3 739 948.527 R1.4 4 237.8396 3 739 715.600 R1.14 4 311.927 3 739 928.796 0/1 HM-D1A

L 4 176.665 3 739 770.902 3 739 959.712 4 232.0803 3 739 740.910 C 120.363 L1.4 L1.15 4 219.501 R1.5 R1.15 4 296.932 3 739 954.120 6 S 3 LE WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM / PO 3 739 977.679 3 739 757.911 C 2 L1.5 4 180.764 3 739 789.217 L1.16 R1.6 4 229.4507 R1.16 4 289.439 3 739 966.665 L POINT 4 209.012 O 3 S 8 E . SW C D No. Y X L1.6 4 185.358 3 739 805.380 L1.17 4 213.136 3 739 984.872 R1.7 4 227.7225 3 739 780.709 R1.17 4 279.266 3 739 996.778 L C M L E O O NOTE: 0/2a S S R E +0,000 +0 000 000,000 E D PIP L1.7 4 201.557 3 739 846.805 L1.18 4 230.884 3 739 974.409 R1.8 4 229.033 3 739 797.069 R1.18 4 284.722 3 740 033.093 D ELINE SE 8 RVITUD 3 E ARE HM-OBL 2 BCC 4 264.804 3 739 989.258A DG / M 10 4 381/1 L1.8 4 208.077 3 739 849.418 L1.19 4 247.253 3 739 996.316 R1.9 4 238.866 3 739 841.151 R1.19 4 285.349 3 74 0054.296 5 959 1) REFER TO SCHEDULE OF SERVICES MH 122.230 PI 2 4 278.379 3 740 034.792 8 3 DRAWINGS FOR DUCT POSITIONS L1.9 4 214.444 3 739 887.093 3740033.9603 R1.10 4 248.571 3 739 881.638 2 832/55 L1.20 4 247.247 R1.20 4 278.162 3 740 115.622 ECC 4 270.024 3 740 081.566 /6 POLESPOLESPOLES 6 L1.21 4249.2643 3740094.9691 R1.11 4 254.581 3 739 903.812 R1.21 4 271.898 3 740 160.944 219 DRAINAGE 1/ Ø 600 1/ Ø 375 1/ 900 x 450 RD CL 1/ Ø 600 INCREASING DISTANCE

OW NUMBER FL DIRECTION 1/ Ø 375 AND SIZE 1/ Ø 315 FLOW 225° 1/ Ø 600 2/ 3000 x 1800 BRIDGE DIRECTION 90° 1/ Ø 318 1/ Ø 600 1/ Ø 600 1/ Ø 600 1/ Ø 600 0/11 NUMBER 0/2a 0/2 0/3 0/5 0/4 0/6 0/7 0/8 0/9 0/10 0/12 0/13 LEFT GUARDRAILS RIGHT LEFT KERBS RIGHT LEFT BARRIER LINES RIGHT LEFT SUBSURFACE DRAIN RIGHT LEFT TYPE 3 TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 x 200) SIDE DRAIN TYPE SPECIAL CONCRETE DRAIN RIGHT REFER TO CROSS-SECTION TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 x 200) LEFT CLIMBING LANES RIGHT 135 PAARL FRANSCHHOEK

DESIGN SPEED 70 km/h

135 130

1/ 9200 x 5600 INSITU ACCESS CULVERT

HOR 1:1000 SCALE VERT 1:100 130 125

2/ 3000 x 1800 INSITU CULVERT 125 120

0 m 50 m 100 m

115 1cm = 10m on A0 size km 0,340 PI=122,200 km 0,680 km 0,175 km PI=132,920 PI=124,055 VERTICAL CURVES L=170,0 K=23,4 L=160,0 K=22,7 L=360 K=83

GRADES % + 0,78 % - 6,50 % + 0,55 % + 4,91 %

3,7m LEFT 37,722 38,703 39,685 30,384 31,244 32,153 33,111 34,018 34,889 35,768 36,740 24,969 25,552 26,184 26,809 27,427 28,094 28,809 29,572 22,890 22,999 23,058 23,166 23,396 23,675 24,002 24,434 24,440 23,646 23,037 22,696 22,541 22,562 22,672 22,781 31,975 31,447 30,747 29,876 28,833 27,620 26,408 25,373 31,476 31,633 31,789 31,946 32,102 32,247 32,334 32,259

ON CENTRELINE 37,796 38,777 39,759 30,162 31,022 31,931 32,889 33,870 34,852 35,833 36,814 25,024 25,497 26,018 26,587 27,205 27,872 28,587 29,350 22,964 23,073 23,206 23,388 23,618 23,897 24,224 24,600 24,292 23,609 23,101 22,770 22,615 22,636 22,746 22,855 31,753 31,225 30,525 29,654 28,611 27,398 26,186 25,151 31,550 31,707 31,863 32,020 32,176 32,311 32,297 32,111 LEVELS

3,7m RIGHT 37,722 38,703 39,685 29,940 30,800 31,709 32,667 33,722 34,777 35,759 36,740 25,080 25,441 25,851 26,365 26,983 27,650 28,365 29,128 22,899 23,110 23,354 23,610 23,840 24,119 24,446 24,767 24,144 23,535 23,027 22,696 22,541 22,562 22,672 22,781 31,531 31,003 30,303 29,432 28,389 27,176 25,964 24,929 31,476 31,633 31,789 31,946 32,102 32,237 32,223 31,963

GROUND LEVELS 35,494 36,726 37,749 38,733 39,917 31,631 32,493 33,291 34,520 25,957 26,370 27,010 27,690 28,352 29,039 29,942 30,650 24,033 24,193 24,815 25,304 22,818 22,974 23,616 24,010 18,842 18,460 18,105 19,889 21,135 21,526 22,325 22,521 18,510 18,766 18,638 19,168 22,003 21,448 20,709 19,678 29,295 28,287 27,208 26,067 25,141 24,359 24,488 23,142 31,387 29,871

KILOMETER DISTANCE 0,920 0,940 0,960 0,980 1,000 0,840 0,860 0,880 0,900 0,760 0,780 0,800 0,820 0,600 0,620 0,640 0,660 0,680 0,700 0,720 0,740 0,520 0,540 0,560 0,580 0,360 0,380 0,400 0,420 0,440 0,460 0,480 0,500 0,280 0,300 0,320 0,340 0,200 0,220 0,240 0,260 0,040 0,060 0,080 0,100 0,120 0,140 0,160 0,180 0,000 0,020 CURVE 1 RIGHT CURVE 2 LEFT CURVE 3 RIGHT L=177,3 m T=96,6 m L=93,3 m T=47,5 m L=191,8 m T=97,8 m HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT 320° 09' 44 16° 36' 02" 349° 52' 20" 17° 21' 04" R=180,0 m -O=056-26-17 R=200,0 m -O=026-43-41 R=400,0 m -O=027-28-43 ECC 0,335 ECC BCC 0,158 BCC ECC 0,877 ECC BCC 0,520 BCC e=6,0 % e=6,0 % 0,685 BCC ECC 0,614 ECC e=6,0 % SCALE APPROVED APPROVED PRELIMINARY P.R.E.'s FILE No. No. DATE ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS DESIGNED BY: GJS CONS. ENG. PRE THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL AND UPGRADING OF MAIN ROAD 191 13/5/1/2/1-749.2 AS SHOWN ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES FOR INFORMATION ONLY ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL (km 0,0 to km 9,57) CHECKED BY: GJS CONSULTING ENGINEERS LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM CONTRACT No. WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING FOR APPROVAL C749.2 DATE DRAWN BY: EL LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTION FOR TENDER PURPOSES CONSULTANT'S PLAN No. WCPA INDEX No. P.O.Box 398 Tel:(021)912-3000 PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER BELVILLE 7535 Fax:(021)912-3222 (km 0,0 to km 1,0) CHECKED BY: WJ 21097KP0/LS/1 GD42/677 e-mail: [email protected] DATE FOR CONSTRUCTION D

E m R GD42/678X 7 3

No. C 1 BARRIER LINES BARRIER KERBS CLIMBING LANES CLIMBING GUARDRAILS SIDE DRAIN TYPEDRAIN SIDE DRAIN SUBSURFACE KILOMETER DISTANCEKILOMETER GROUND LEVELS A A GRADES % HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENTHORIZONTAL VERTICAL CURVES VERTICAL

V

A A

DIRECTION FLOW 5 T . 7 I 3 I O T 1 H DATE 8 LEVELS N 3 38 H S

DRAINAGE O

F R SCALE E

INCREASING DISTANCE INCREASING O THE FARMDRAAIHOOGTE

DESIGN SPEED DESIGN E O R 5 . M B 3,7m RIGHT 3,7m CENTRELINE ON LEFT 3,7m 8 F G R3

POINT 9 . A I 3 PRB8 4 549.519 3 741 994.434 126.592 994.434 3 741 4 549.519 PRB8 128.016 547.770 3 741 4 483.737 PRB7 131.820 263.564 3 741 4 503.565 PRB6 148.383 797.108 3 740 4 420.961 PRB5 144.197 551.535 3 740 4 344.380 PRB4 C 225° RD C 8 T No.

90° K R S 1 E

L 9 90 km/h 90 1 M 4 .5 0 9 N REM. 819

HOR 1:1000 HOR 3 VERT 1:100 VERT

o F L DIRECTIONOW .

8

140 1 1

+0,000 0

REFERENCE MARKS 9

4 0 WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM19º WGS 84/Lo 0.5 0

Y 4 0.5 ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS 41

41 AND SIZE . E

NUMBER NUMBER 5 4 1 X 14 42 C 2.5 A

RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT V RIGHT RIGHT LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT 4 4 A 4 3 1 T +0 000 +0 000 000,000 .5 43 4 .5 I . O 5 44 N S

F

4 O 2 R

X B

R

I C 135 140 145

K 130 S

1,000 39,917 39,685 39,759 39,685 3 4

5

4

1 +0,000

Z .5 43 CONS. ENG. 1,020 41,024 40,666 40,740 40,666 PAARL 144.20

TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 2 TYPE 5

. 5 PRB4 5 4

APPROVED 4 1 4 .5 4 4 4 44

1,040 42,004 41,648 41,722 41,648 4 4

1

1

0

P

0 A

A .5

PRE 4 R 4 .5 44

1,060 42,996 42,629 42,703 42,629 L

1

4

5

5

4 X

1 +

DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: 3 CHECKED BY: CHECKED BY:

7

4 0

6

0 1,080 43,862 43,568 43,642 43,568 0

4 5 . 5

1,100 44,409 44,422 44,496 44,422

4 5 . 5

4

6 GJS EL WJ WJ 46

1,120 45,085 45,191 45,265 45,191 No.THE FARMDRAAIHOOGTE 819 EXISTING TREES TO BE REMOVE TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 2 TYPE THE FARMNo. 815 + 4,91 + 4,91 %

5

.

6

4

.5 6

1,140 45,665 45,875 45,949 45,875 4

1 2

815/6

0 0 BELVILLE 7535BELVILLE 398 P.O.Box

REM. 819REM.

M

7 H

1,160 46,124 46,474 46,548 46,474 4 e-mail: [email protected] e-mail:

7 4 SCATTERED BLUE GUM TREES BLUE SCATTERED TYPE 3 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 3 TYPE

1,180 46,545 46,987 47,061 46,987

Fax:(021)912-3222 .5 Tel:(021)912-3000 7 4 5 1 . 1,200 46,962 47,416 47,490 47,416 7 4 1

1,220 47,269 47,759 47,833 47,759

17° 21' 04"21' 17°

R

E

S

I

D

E

N

T

I A

1,240 47,706 48,017 48,091 48,017 8

L 4

DATE

1

A

3

R

0

E

0

A

&

CONSULTING ENGINEERS 4

G 8 .

148.38 A 5

PRB5 R

5 4

. 8 D

8

1,260 48,024 48,191 48,265 48,191 E 4

L=440,0 N

815/3

D

G

M

S

1 E

5 R

8

V

1

.

/

1

R

9

O

7 L1.30 X

+

A 0 3

7

4 D 0

8 1,280 48,282 48,279 48,353 48,279 PI=153,500 0 K=47,0 0 km 1,280

.5 48 L1.31 1,300 48,326 48,282 48,356 48,282 8

P 4 B THE FARM THE L1.32

50 No. 1566

OP 52 M REM.

815 H

1,320 48,396 48,200 48,274 48,200 (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 2 TYPE

OAD ERV. R S 4 8 5 L1.33 31/19 4 GM 52 THE FARMNo. 1597 D S

1 L1.34 T

W

/ 1,340 48,312 48,033 48,107 48,033 1 O 5

1 . B 47

4 1 E 0

REM. 1597REM. R 0

8 EXISTING FENCE 4 TO BE REMOVED. G

5

. 2

5

5 7 2 1 R

4 0 1 IV

1/ 900 X 450 X 900 1/ E R 2

3 1 VINEYARD 7 0 7 1 1,360 48,119 47,781 47,855 47,781 6 4 1 4 R

1/1 E 5

1 S 9 O 7 7 R / / 1 4 T

5

9

5

. 7

6

4

1,380 47,682 47,443 47,517 47,443 5

.

6 4 46

6

4

TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 2 TYPE 45.5

145

1,400 47,056 47,021 47,095 47,021 5 . 5 4 500mm DEEP DRAIN DEEP 500mm POINT L1.23 L1.22 5 SERV. SEWAGE SERV. AREA TANK DGM DGM 3221/2005

4 No. 1

5

.

4

4 EXPROPIATION PROPOSED

S .5 1 NEW FENCE TO BE ERECTED FENCE POSITION TO RETAINED.BE EXISTING ROAD RESERVE 4 4

/ W

4 4 NEW ROAD RESERVE

2 1,420 46,394 46,534 46,588 46,514 VINEYARD 4

4 COORDINATE LIST B +0,000

4 395.642 3 740 831.460 C 4 408.157 3 740 834.131 WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM19º WGS 84/Lo

.5 C 3

4 Y

1,440 45,592 45,995 45,995 45,921 43

1

5

0

5 0

2.5 . 2

1/ Ø 450 Ø 1/ 14

4

1

2 4 VINEYARD VINEYARD +0 000 +0 000 000,000

2

4 5

1,460 44,390 45,372 45,318 45,244 .

1

4

1 4 1/2 X

5 - 4,45 % .

1

4 4

1 5

.

0

1) REFER TO SCHEDULE OF 1) OF SERVICESREFER TO SCHEDULE NOTE:

DRAWINGS FOR DUCT POSITIONS FOR DRAWINGS

4

1,480 43,598 44,664 44,555 44,446 0

X

+

4 3

7

4

1 1

0 0 40 0 .5

BCC 1,487 S

1

/ W

0.5 3

THE FARM KUNNENBURG No. KUNNENBURG FARM 811 THE 4 139 .5 3938 1 40 1,500 43,165 43,863 43,707 43,547

39 .5 THE FARM KUNNENBURG FARM THE ECC ECC 4 492.145 3 741187.085 PI 4 PI 4 491.417 3 741 052.248 BCC BCC 4 451.204 3 740 923.545 POINT No.

1,520 42,346 42,980 42,817 42,654 CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 8

3 811/27

9 3 DATE REM. 811/37 No. 811 PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING HOWEVER OR CAUSE WHATSOEVER THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL PROCEDURAL AND FOR IS APPROVAL THIS ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL ATTRACT NOT DOES AND ONLY

ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES REVIEW ADMINISTRATIVE

5

.

7 3 1/ Ø 600 Ø 1/

+0,000 7

LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM ANY OF LIABILITY 1

1 1,540 41,563 42,090 41,927 41,764 3 130 135 140 WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM19º WGS 84/Lo

6 1/3

0 Y

0 TYPE 3 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 3 TYPE APPROVED 5 .

8

3 VINEYARD

1,560 40,745 41,199 41,037 40,874

8

3

+0 000 +0 000 000,000

5

.

6 3

1,580 38,945 40,309 40,146 39,984 X

6 3 VINEYARD

5

.

7

3 R=900,0 m R=900,0 L=267,7 m L=267,7 1

5

.

1,600 38,702 39,419 39,256 39,093 5

3 CURVE 4 LEFT 4 CURVE e=4,4 % e=4,4

7

3 1,620 37,945 38,529 38,366 38,203 LAND OPEN - O=017-02-29 m T=134,8

1 3 5 LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTIONPLAN AND LONGITUDINAL LAYOUT 34.5

5

1,640 37,261 37,649 37,486 37,323 3 1

1 2 7 2

9

0 SERVIT 0 UDE RO 34 AD 5 7.0m . W 3 ID 3 E 7 3 UPGRADING OF MAIN ROADUPGRADINGMAIN 191 OF D GM 407 6 5/1 2 9 3 9 2 7 7 3

6 5 PIPE . 6 LI 6 N 2 E 6 2 9 S 1,660 36,333 36,839 36,677 36,514 3 8 ERV PTZ ITU S DE 1.5 3 7m S 6 1 W 3 IDE 3 DG / W M 69 4 33/1948

5

.

2 (km 0,0 to km 9,57)(km 0,0 L=120,0 5 3 6

(km 1,0 to km 2,0)(km 1,0 to . 3

1 5 0 3 5 3

1,680 35,586 36,111 35,948 35,786 1

X

+

3

7

4 1

2 0 5 0

.

811/25 4

PI=135,250 2

3 3 K=49,3

E

km 1,690 C R

NEW FENCE TO BE ERECTED FENCE POSITION TO RETAINED.BE EXISTING ROAD RESERVE C

4 E 1,700 35,277 35,464 35,301 35,139 3

M

1/ Ø 600 Ø 1/ 5

. .

1

8 3 1/4

1

OPEN LAND OPEN 1

/ 2 THE FARMKUNNENBURG 811 No.

5 1,720 34,590 34,898 34,735 34,573 .

3

3

1 3 OPEN LAND OPEN

3

3 1,740 34,160 34,386 34,251 34,115 1 8

0

0 811/38

5 ECC 1,754 1,760 33,605 33,918 33,837 33,755 . 2

3

1 C 131.82 L 3 PRB6

5

. .

0 0

3 S m

E

W R TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 2 TYPE

V I D .

1,780 33,099 33,460 33,433 33,359 E P I 32

D P 0

G E 3

1 L M

I N

9 E 1

5 1 . FENCE POSITION TO RETAINED.BE NEW FENCE TO BE ERECTED EXISTING ROAD RESERVE

1 2 3 / 1

1,800 32,643 33,002 33,029 32,955 9

8 FOR CONSTRUCTIONFOR PURPOSES TENDER FOR APPROVALFOR INFORMATION ONLYFOR PRELIMINARY VINEYARD

3

5 .

1 9

3 2

1 PLAN LAYOUTPLAN

3

0

S

1 0 m 0

/ W

1,820 32,319 32,555 32,625 32,551 5

1:1000

5 .

811/26

0 3

5 . 9 2 2 9

. 1 5 H) DGM 6143/1956 1,840 31,825 32,147 32,221 32,147 9 C INE SERVITUDE (NO WIDT 0 IPEL 0.5 L P 3 0 2/811

2 9 C L 3 1cm = A010m on size . 0 S

m E

R W R 1,860 31,516 31,743 31,817 31,743 V

I E . D

P M E 2

8 I . 5 P

0 . D 50 m 50

3 E

811/34 1 FENCE TO BE ERECTED RETAINED. NEW POSITION TO BE RESERVE FENCE EXISTING ROAD 8 G

L 1 M I N 1 C 00° 18' 35"18' 00° L PI 9 E PELI / N 2 E 1 0. SER 2 63 V. 9 1,880 31,157 31,339 31,413 31,339 m W 1

IDE 5

. O DGM 1 78 9 5 / P

4/19 2

46 1

(FA E

R 9

X X

1/5 M X

CONSULTANT'S PLAN No.CONSULTANT'S

N + +

8 +

3 3

11 3

7 7

/ 7 2 8 4 4

21097KP0/LS/2 4 4

1 1

) 1

4 4 4 0 0 L 0 0 0 3 0

13/5/1/2/1-749.2 A

KUNNENBURGNo. 811 N

D P.R.E.'s FILE No.P.R.E.'s 1/ Ø 900 Ø 1/ CONTRACT No.CONTRACT 1,900 30,779 30,940 31,014 30,940 C749.2 THE FARM THE

Y

+ 811/24

100 m 100 4

1,920 30,279 30,567 30,641 30,567 4

0

0 TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 2 TYPE L=120,0

FRANSCHHOEK 5

8 .

2

9 2 REFER TO CROSS-SECTION TO REFER

2

0 1,940 29,922 30,225 30,299 30,225 0 0 K=128,2

V

I WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. PI=130,000 N

E

Y RETAINING RETAINING WALL CROSS-SECTIONS) (REFER TO TERRAFORCE km 1,950 A 811/32 R 1,960 29,658 29,915 29,989 29,915 D WCPA INDEX No.WCPA - 1,08 % GD42/678 F

R 1:1000

SCALE A

N

S SW

2/1 C 1,980 29,496 29,636 29,710 29,636 R H E

H

M 9

2 O

.

E 8

1 K

V Y 1 I N 9 / + E 2 2,000 29,386 29,388 29,462 29,388 4 Y

A 6 R

0 D

0

N

E

T

N

H

B

E

8

U

1

F GD42/679

1

No. R

A KILOMETER DISTANCE KILOMETER / GROUND LEVELS GROUND P Y

GRADES % GRADES

HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT HORIZONTAL VERTICAL CURVES VERTICAL 2 BARRIER LINES BARRIER KERBS GUARDRAILS

CLIMBING LANES CLIMBING TYPEDRAIN SIDE DRAIN SUBSURFACE Y G

R 4 A +

+ 4

DIRECTION FLOW

A 4 M

N

4 DATE R

LEVELS 6

5 0

. 0 o L

9 8 0 DRAINAGE

0 2 2

SCALE

.

INCREASING DISTANCE INCREASING

DESIGN SPEED DESIGN 8

2

0

3,7m RIGHT 3,7m CENTRELINE ON LEFT 3,7m 1

0

0 1 225° RD C 90°

V RETAINING RETAINING WALL CROSS-SECTION) (REFER TO TERRAFORCE

90 km/h 90 I

N L

E

Y HOR 1:1000 HOR VERT 1:100 VERT

A

R F L D DIR OW

E CTI 8 O

N 1

1

/

3 2 ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS SW 2/1

R

E

9 M

AND SIZE 2 NUMBER NUMBER

.

8 RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT

RIGHT RIGHT V 1 LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT I

N 1

E /

Y 2

A

R

D 120 125 130

115 28

2,000 29,386 29,388 29,462 29,388 450 X 900 1/

5 . SW

7 2/2

2 2/1 2 1

8. 8 5 2

29

2 CONS. ENG. 2,020 29,416 29,169 29,243 29,169 1 0 CL S PAARL ERV. ROAD 4 0 .0m WIDE 811/19 DGM 9108/1983 - 1,08 %

7

2

8 2 APPROVED REMOVED EXISTING PIPE 2,040 29,124 28,966 29,040 28,966 CULVERT TO BE POINT BCC BCC 4 494.308 3 741 587.105 ECC ECC 4 507.759 3 741 773.290 PI 5 PI 4 494.814 3 741 680.647 No.

CURVE SETTING OUT DATA SERV. 2.5m WIDE L=120,0 KUNNENBURGNo. 811 DGM 9108 PRE /1983 00° 18' 35"18' 00° 128 2,060 28,762 28,776 28,850 28,776 127.5 PRB7

S

P

02

L 5 .

I

T

THE FARM THE 7

2

P 1

O PI=128,700 +0,000

K=296,5 L B WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM19º WGS 84/Lo E

C

F

km 2,070 V Y

DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: E

CHECKED BY: CHECKED BY: C X

+

811/17 3

I 7 N 4 1

N 6 0 C 0

E

I 2,080 28,808 28,600 28,674 28,602 N Y

G

A

R

D

5

.

7

2 1 2/2 +0 000 +0 000 000,000

2,100 28,492 28,438 28,512 28,468 600 Ø 1/

6

9

7 X RETAINING RETAINING WALL HM-B2 HM-B2 4 557.280 3 742 100.730 126.617 PRB9 4PRB9 592.106 3 742 458.183 124.173 4PRB8 549.519 3 741 994.434 126.592 4PRB7 483.737 3 741 547.770 128.016 POINT

O GJS EL WJ WJ

P No.

2

E

2

N

2,120 28,624 28,288 28,362 28,356 0 SW

2/3

0 L

A

N

D

7

( 2 P

A

A

R

L +0,000 5 8

. REFERENCE MARKS 28 2 N

2,140 28,405 28,151 28,225 28,256 SYSTEM19º WGS 84/Lo

U 811/18

R Y

S

E 2 R 8 Y

) BELVILLE 7535BELVILLE 398 P.O.Box BCC 2,154

2,160 28,093 28,015 28,089 28,155 + + e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: + + + 1400 4494.814 +0 000 000,000 P Y : B 1680.647 M X : 374

H RETAINED. NEW FENCE FENCE POSITION TO BE EXISTING ROAD RESERVE TO BE ERECTED .5 : 0.000 8 P Z 2 + B

P 1234/23

B X 2,180 27,948 27,880 27,954 28,028 (U/R) +

+

Fax:(021)912-3222 O Tel:(021)912-3000

P

E - 0,68 %

2,200 27,799 27,744 27,818 27,892 N +0,000

L +

A

N Z

D

+ 1/ 900 X 450 X 900 1/

5 2

.

6 3

2 2,220 27,703 27,608 27,682 27,756 0

TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 2 TYPE 0 1348/2 R=1400,0m

L=186,8 m L=186,8 + 2/3

5 .

6

2 GEN. PLAN2443/2003 (SITUATE ON FARM1234/1)

5 CURVE 5 RIGHT 5 CURVE .

+ 8

2 2 8 . 5 e=2,0 % e=2,0 2,240 27,479 27,472 27,546 27,620 SW 2/4 DATE +

6

2

2 9 - O=007-38-42 m T=93,5 CONSULTING ENGINEERS + SERVITUDE E ENT 2,260 27,378 27,337 27,411 27,485 ACCESS ROAD C RANCE TO

+ C PAARL NURSE 29 RY

.5

28 +

X

+

3 8 7

4 1

8 0 2,280 27,158 27,201 27,275 27,349 2 0 +

1234/23 + (U/R) 2,300 27,034 27,068 27,142 27,216 +

+ NURSERY) (PAARL LAND OPEN 5 . 7 2

1

2 4

2,320 26,930 26,955 27,029 27,103 0

+ 0 OPEN LAND OPEN

Y

+ 1/ 900 X 450 X 900 1/ + 4 L=120,0

4

0

2/4 0 2,340 26,891 26,865 26,939 26,988 + 2

7 ECC 2,341 8 PI=126,800 + K=176,8 km 2,350

2,360 26,409 26,797 26,871 26,883 +

CLS + ERVITUD E PIPELIN E 2.0m WI 25 DE DGM .5 3669/1994

2,380 26,782 26,751 26,825 26,801 1234/22 C

(U/R)

L S

+ E R

V

I T

2,400 26,699 26,729 26,803 26,742 U

7 + D

2 NURSERY) (PAARL LAND OPEN

E

P I OPEN LAND OPEN

+ P

E

L I

TO km 2340TO TO BE RELOCATED

N

2

5 E

2,420 26,557 26,726 26,800 26,726 0

0

(SITUATE ON FARM 1234/1) FARM ON (SITUATE

2

.

0 m 2443/2003

GEN. PLAN GEN.

W

I D

1348/2 E

1234/21

2,440 26,643 26,726 26,800 26,726 D

SPECIAL CONCRETE DRAIN @ 0.35% CONCRETE SPECIAL

G

M

C 3 L

6 2 DGM 3670/1994 SERV. PIPELINE 6.0m WIDE 6.0m

6 6

9 /

1 26 6.5 9 EXIST

2,460 26,568 26,726 26,800 26,726 9 I NG ENTR 4 T ANCE

RESERVOIR MUNICIPAL O 26 PAARL N URSERY 26 6 .5 2 RESIDENTIAL AREA & GARDENSAREA RESIDENTIAL

2 SLAB CONCRETE 126

7 PRB8

2

8

X

+

1 3

2 7 4 2

0 3 0 9 0 2,480 26,528 26,726 26,800 26,726 0 59

3 1

5 . DWELLING 1234/24

5 DWELLING BRIDGE

(U/R) 2

P A

5 2 A

2,500 26,479 26,726 26,800 26,726 1

R L

32 125 125 125

24

M 2 .5 I 4

D 2

2

D

L

5 E

6 2 . 6 6

132 O 3.

9 F 5

4

R 0

0 I

2,520 26,575 26,726 26,800 26,726 V E

R 1 0 0 22.5 23 24 DATE 24.5 4 125 PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER 5

- 0,00 % 2 2 2 WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING HOWEVER OR CAUSE WHATSOEVER 125 4

THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL PROCEDURAL AND FOR IS APPROVAL THIS .5

25 F ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL ATTRACT NOT DOES AND ONLY 1

ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES REVIEW ADMINISTRATIVE R

07° 57' 18"57' 07° 25.5 A

SW LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM ANY OF LIABILITY 5 N 25. 2/5 2,540 26,584 26,726 26,800 26,726 26 4

2 4 5 2 S 2 1

D .5 R C ORCHA 4 9 2

APPROVED 51.41 Y : 45 H 7 0

2.23 2 05 H 2 742 1 X : 3 4 2 .

.5 5 5 O 5 2

7 .

2 5 1 6 E

. 5

2 5

RD . HA K

ORC 6 2,560 26,472 26,726 26,800 26,726 2 OPEN LAND OPEN

5

.

5

2

5 .

5

6

2 2 2

8 126.617 HM-B2

2,580 26,647 26,726 26,800 26,726

5

.

6 2

6

2 2,600 26,502 26,726 26,800 26,726

2/5

6

2

5

. 5

THE FARMNo. 1348 2

INSITU CULVERT INSITU

2 2

7 7

THE FARMNo. 1348 5 0

2,620 26,679 26,726 26,800 26,726 0

.

0 0 5 2 26 REM. 1348REM. SPECIAL CONCRETE DRAIN CONCRETE SPECIAL TOWARDS SV2600 @ 0.35% SV2600 TOWARDS 26

5

. LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTIONPLAN AND LONGITUDINAL LAYOUT

5

2 1348/1 SHAPE GROUND SHAPE 1) REFER TO SCHEDULE OF 1) OF SERVICESREFER TO SCHEDULE 2,640 26,647 26,726 26,800 26,726 NOTE: DRAWINGS FOR DUCT POSITIONS FOR DRAWINGS

UPGRADING OF MAIN ROADUPGRADINGMAIN 191 OF O

2,660 26,739 26,726 26,800 26,726 P

E

N

L

A

N D (km 0,0 to km 9,57)(km 0,0

(km 2,0 to km 3,0)(km 2,0 to

R

5

E

.

X

+

5 3

S 7 4 2

2 2 0

2,680 26,486 26,724 26,798 26,724 0

I

D

E

N T 5

. I

5 A

2

L

A

R

E A

2,700 26,704 26,704 26,778 26,704

&

5 G

.

5 A

2

R

D E

5

. N L=120,0

5

2

S

2 2

8 8 0

2,720 26,635 26,664 26,738 26,664 0

0 0

PI=126,800 K=202,1

6 km 2,730 2

2,740 26,559 26,605 26,679 26,605

O

P

E N

C

L

L A

C

DGM DGM 3996/1974 SERV. PIPELINE SERV. 2.0m WIDE 2.0m R REM. 811/4

L

N O

DGM 4723/1993 DGM

2.0mWIDE D

SERV. PIPELINESERV. E

P

M E

2,760 26,403 26,526 26,600 26,526 N

.

L

8

A

N 1

D 5 1

2 /

1 7 SW

2,780 26,255 26,427 26,501 26,427 2/6 5

2 .

6 5 2 2,800 26,211 26,310 26,384 26,310 FOR CONSTRUCTIONFOR PURPOSES TENDER FOR APPROVALFOR INFORMATION ONLYFOR PRELIMINARY

5 . 5

2

2 2

9 9 SW

2/7 0 2,820 25,935 26,192 26,266 26,192 0 REM. 811/4

RETAINED. POSITION TO BE RESERVE FENCE EXISTING ROAD

0 0

5

. B 5 B

2

C C

C C

2,840 25,791 26,073 26,147 26,073

5 12 - 0,59 % DAYLIGHT CULVERT 5 WITH OPEN DRAIN 2

2,860 25,751 25,954 26,028 25,954 1

P

T A

A

H 1/ 900 X 450 X 900 1/

R

E L OPEN LAND OPEN

2/6

1/ 900 X 450 X 900 1/

F .5

24

A

X

+

3

2,880 25,579 25,846 25,909 25,835 7 4 2

4 0

0 R REM. 798

3

7

0 m 0 1 CONSULTANT'S PLAN No.CONSULTANT'S M

4

13/5/1/2/1-749.2 2 2/7

21097KP0/LS/3 N THE FARM THE P.R.E.'s FILE No.P.R.E.'s

CONTRACT No.CONTRACT o

5 No. 1562

. . 4 2,900 25,428 25,765 25,791 25,717 POINT BCC BCC 4 586.189 3 742 334.541 PI 6 PI 4 613.044 3 742 526.718 ECC ECC 4 602.455 3 742 720.473 2

C749.2 7

No. 9

BCC 2,908 CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 8

OPEN EARTH DRAIN EARTH OPEN 3 2 3

4 4

0 0

1cm = A010m on size 2 0

2,920 25,260 25,685 25,672 25,598 0

0 0 FRANSCHHOEK SPECIAL CONCRETE DRAIN CONCRETE SPECIAL +0,000 WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM19º WGS 84/Lo THE FARMNo. 1348 R=2000,0m L=386,9 m L=386,9 Y PLAN LAYOUTPLAN 50 m 50

CURVE 6 LEFT 6 CURVE 2,940 25,166 25,605 25,553 25,479 e=2,1 % e=2,1

1 P 124.17 1348/1 PRB9 1:1000 2 R WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No.

4

B +0 000 000,000 . 1 9

7 T=194,0 m T=194,0 O=011-04-59 - 2,960 25,080 25,513 25,436 25,358 24.5 WCPA INDEX No.WCPA L=200,0 GD42/679 X

5 AS SHOWN AS

. K=280,6 4 F

2

R

A SCALE REM. 811/4

4

2 N

S

2,980 24,903 25,409 25,332 25,254 C

H

5

100 m 100 .

3 H

2

O

E 10

K SW 3,000 24,695 25,319 25,241 25,164 3/1 2

4 23.5 X

0 0

0

0

0

0 0 + 0

0

0 2 4

3 0

6

8

3

3 7 3

2

2 4 4

4 4

4

4 7 7

2 7 11

7

7

3 3

4 3

3

3

+

+ 0 REFERENCE MARKS +

+

+

0

X X

X

X

X WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM POINT No. Y X Z +0,000 +0 000 000,000 +0,000 PRB10 4 580.286 3 742 925.623 124.795 PRB11 4 555.822 3 743 387.650 131.387 C L FREDERIK 2 THE FARM No. 1238 2 . E 0 . THE FARM m P REM. 1238 (021) 863-1482 . W L

.

THE FARM

EXISTING I S 1

D 2

8

.

E 5 KUNNENBURGH E 0 OPEN DRAIN R D THE FARM No. 1238 V S REM. 802 No. 1562 G W

. E 5 M

I . D R

4 2 4 REM. 1238 E V PRB9 5 .

0 D P / P

A 1 G

124.17 I

A 1 9 P 2 R 9 L 7 M E 3

L 3

4 EXISTING OPEN DRAIN 2 I 6 PRB10 N PRB11 4

E 1 131.39

/ 124.80 1 T 1 SW FRANSCHHOEK H . E 9 F 5 A 7

RM THE FARM No. 1562 m 3/6

2 2/ Ø 600

5 . N 3 V 2 INE

o. 7 S ORCHARD

5

9 4

. 1

2 5 9

8 . 3 .

O 5 2 R

C 5 0 EXISTING

2 HAR ORCHAR

R .5 DS 4 D .

5 .

E 3 3 2

R 4

2 M 5 2 . 8 0

. 7 EM 23 2 4 .5 2 8

98 . 811 23.5 2 12

/4 CULVERT 5

9

.

5 698 5 5

4. 6 7. .

9 2 2 2 0 0

2 1 2

R 4.5 3

EM 24 2 24.5 5 8 1 . 81 12 2 9 3

1/4 25.5 26.5 2

27 130 5 0 . 13 0 24 3 24 130

3000 24

5 5 .

. 3 2

5 3

2 BO

1 X

2 C 4 U 2 LVER REM. 798 REM. 798 371 T THE FARM No. 798 REM. 798

27 5

. 4 2 23.5 3100 24

PAA 24 5 . 4 RL 2 4 2 3200

3500 3600 3700 3800 3900 4000

5 00 . ECC 34 4 2

4 OPE 2

N LAND 3300

5 .

3

5 2

5 .

7 3 2

. 2 1 1 4 66 2 4

4 24 2 24

2

8

5 .

23.5 2 23.5 6

2

5 27

25.5 . 127.5

24.5 26 6

125 26.5 2

2

3

5 5 . 8 2 . 4 1

252 2 5 3 1

4 2 2 6 28.5 29 29.5 30 .5 31 31.5 32 132.5 33 33 31.5 2 28 1 30 8 24.5 R3 R3.1 R3.2 .5 .2 1 6 ORC 2 OPEN LAND 7 HADS EDGE BEAM

. 4 ORCHARDS 6 ORC ORCHARDS 4 ORCHARDS HARDS VINEYARD 2 0 VINEYARD

. 5 ORCHARDS GD42/680

SW 3 EXIS 2 TING ROAD RESERVE

1 4 EXISTING ROAD SW 2/ Ø900 EDGE BEAM SW 6 3/1 7 FENCE POSITION TO BE RETAINED.

0 OPEN DRAIN

4 5

3 . 3/2 CULVERT SW SW

0 4 NEW FENC 3/5 : RESERVE FENCE E SW THE FARM No. 1348 : D 2 NEW FENCE TO BE EREC TED Y 0 +4 600 B R 3/3 2 4/1 Y X POSITION TO BE .5 A 3/4 1348/1 24 RETAINED. B 1 THE FARM No. 1238 Y 0 9 L 9 C O REM. L N 1238/1 E

D 789/4 . S P G 802 . T L M O . THE FARM No. 1238

S 789/4 CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 4 R

E 4 I 8 R N 1238/1 / V 1 G

9 .

WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM 7 2 3 2

POINT . 0 No. m Y X

W

I +0,000 +0 000 000,000 D

E BCC 4 586.189 3 742 334.541 PI 6 4 613.044 3 742 526.718 PLAN LAYOUT ECC 4 602.455 3 742 720.473 NOTE: 1:1000 1) REFER TO SCHEDULE OF SERVICES DRAWINGS FOR DUCT POSITIONS DRAINAGE RD CL 1/ 900 x 450 INCREASING DISTANCE

ION OW NUMBER FL DIRECT AND SIZE

FLOW 225° EXTEND EXISTNG DIRECTION 90° 2/ Ø 900 1/ Ø 600 INSITU 1/ 900 x 450 1/ 900 x 450

3/1 3/2 3/3 3/4 3/6 NUMBER 3/5 LEFT GUARDRAILS RIGHT LEFT KERBS RIGHT LEFT BARRIER LINES RIGHT LEFT SUBSURFACE DRAIN RIGHT LEFT SIDE DRAIN TYPE RIGHT SPECIAL CONCRETE DRAIN (500 x 200) CONCRETE DRAIN (500 x 200) TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 x 200) LEFT CLIMBING LANES RIGHT

135 PAARL FRANSCHHOEK DESIGN SPEED REFER TO CROSS-SECTION FOR POSITION 90 km/h

130

HOR 1:1000 126.18 SCALE VERT 1:100 125

124.51 123.25

INVERT LEVEL OF CONCRETE DRAIN

120

0 m 50 m 100 m

115 1cm = 10m on A0 size km 3,710 km 3,470 PI=125,400 PI=127,800 km 3,050 PI=131,480 km 3,910 PI=124,900 VERTICAL CURVES L=200,0 K=280,6 K=181,6 L=120,0 K=142,9 L=120,0 K=71,7 GRADES % - 0,59 % + 0,12 % + 1,00 % + 1,84 % + 0,17 %

3,7m LEFT 31,483 31,523 31,557 29,382 29,750 30,118 30,479 30,791 31,048 31,248 31,393 27,026 27,230 27,458 27,714 27,998 28,309 28,649 29,014 25,561 25,695 25,851 26,029 26,226 26,426 26,626 26,826 25,147 25,171 25,195 25,219 25,245 25,291 25,359 25,449 24,953 24,977 25,001 25,025 25,048 25,076 25,100 25,124 25,164 25,088 25,026 24,979 24,945 24,926 24,922 24,931

ON CENTRELINE 31,557 31,597 31,631 29,456 29,824 30,192 30,553 30,865 31,122 31,322 31,467 27,100 27,304 27,532 27,788 28,072 28,383 28,723 29,088 25,635 25,769 25,925 26,103 26,300 26,500 26,700 26,900 25,221 25,245 25,269 25,293 25,319 25,365 25,433 25,523 25,031 25,055 25,079 25,102 25,126 25,150 25,174 25,198 25,241 25,165 25,104 25,056 25,023 25,004 24,999 25,009 LEVELS

3,7m RIGHT 31,483 31,523 31,557 29,382 29,750 30,118 30,479 30,791 31,048 31,248 31,393 27,026 27,230 27,458 27,714 27,998 28,309 28,649 29,014 25,561 25,695 25,851 26,029 26,226 26,426 26,626 26,826 25,158 25,171 25,195 25,219 25,245 25,291 25,359 25,449 25,109 25,132 25,156 25,180 25,203 25,202 25,187 25,172 25,319 25,243 25,181 25,134 25,101 25,082 25,077 25,087

GROUND LEVELS 31,338 29,949 30,366 30,744 31,052 31,102 31,436 31,493 31,382 28,407 28,763 29,340 29,749 27,194 27,337 27,450 28,042 25,447 25,630 25,989 25,984 26,344 26,441 26,763 26,985 25,063 25,143 25,116 25,226 24,742 24,791 24,812 24,799 24,633 24,762 24,673 24,834 24,743 24,726 24,778 24,870 24,109 24,486 24,485 24,463 24,636 24,235 24,586 24,304 24,695 24,555

KILOMETER DISTANCE 4,000 3,840 3,860 3,880 3,900 3,920 3,940 3,960 3,980 3,760 3,780 3,800 3,820 3,680 3,700 3,720 3,740 3,520 3,540 3,560 3,580 3,600 3,620 3,640 3,660 3,440 3,460 3,480 3,500 3,360 3,380 3,400 3,420 3,200 3,220 3,240 3,260 3,280 3,300 3,320 3,340 3,120 3,140 3,160 3,180 3,040 3,060 3,080 3,100 3,000 3,020 CURVE 6 LEFT L=386,9 m T=194,0 m HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT 356° 52' 18" R=2000,0m O=011-04-59

e=2,1 % ECC 3,295 SCALE APPROVED APPROVED PRELIMINARY P.R.E.'s FILE No. No. DATE ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS DESIGNED BY: GJS CONS. ENG. PRE THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL AND UPGRADING OF MAIN ROAD 191 13/5/1/2/1-749.2 AS SHOWN ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES FOR INFORMATION ONLY ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL (km 0,0 to km 9,57) CHECKED BY: WJ CONSULTING ENGINEERS LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM CONTRACT No. WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING FOR APPROVAL C749.2 DATE DRAWN BY: EL P.O.Box 398 Tel:(021)912-3000 LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTION FOR TENDER PURPOSES CONSULTANT'S PLAN No. WCPA INDEX No. BELVILLE 7535 Fax:(021)912-3222 PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER CHECKED BY: WJ (km 3,0 to km 4,0) GD42/680 e-mail: [email protected] DATE FOR CONSTRUCTION 21097KP0/LS/4

0

0 0 0 0

0 2

0 3 0 5

Y 0 0 0 .

+4 4 0

8 0 5 4 0 2

6 5 2 . 4 .

0

3

2 1

3 1 3 3 3 3 4 4

4 1 4 2

4

4 2 4 4

4 3 3 1 7 7 7 7 7 3 7

12

3 3 3 3 3 3

+ + + + +

+ 5 .

X 2 X X 3 X X X 1

.5 2 3

CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 1 D

9

WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM R

A 3

3

H 3

POINT C

7

R

5 O

D THE FARM ONGEGUND No. 913 .

R No. A

Y X 7 H 1

THE FARM RIVERSIDE No. 810 3 C 3 R

0 REM. 913 +0.000 +0 000 000.000 O 4

REM. 810 4 BCC 4 546.399 3 743 746.168 7 SW

3

- 9 4/9 FRANSCHHOEK PI 7 4 542.138 3 743 824.125 = 0 9 EXISTING TERRAFORCEY / 1 ELE C ECC 4 505.151 3 743 892.881 A TRIFIED EXISTING

RETAINING WALL SW C E ELECT

3 XIS ELE NEW WALKWAY F RIFIED

C CTRIFIED FE ENCING

1 NCIN 2 G

2

8 IF ORDERED PRB13

. E 5 C 5/1 F

0 L E ENCING

THE FARM 7

0 TO BE CONSTRUCTED

. 5 S .

0 3

. S P BY ENGINEER 3 134.28 9 S .

5 E . ORCHARD 8

L m R R

3

.

KUNNENBURGH 5 V O . ORCHARDS

4 S

W ORCHARD 3 I A 4 3

T E

I D - 33.5 ORCHARDS

5

D U . R 3 ORC 3 HARDS PRB11 REM. 802 0 .5

E D 3 = 3 V

5 3 33.5 5 2

3

5 .

3 . 3

E 3

3 1

D 7 . X

1 2

131.39 9 8 33

G ( 33.5 P 5 3 m N 33 34 1 I M P 34.5 33 34 THE FARM KUNNENBURGH No. 802 O ECC 4700 E W 8 PRB12 ORCHARD 34 4 L I D 4800 34.5 I D 3 1353

A 5. 5 2 N 134.23 34 5 / E T 0 4900

EXISTING ROAD RESERVE REM. 802/2 1 E 460

9 A

6 4

) 3 3 FENCE POSITION TO BE RETAINED. 3 50

7 VINEYARD 00

1 2 9 . 5

0 NEW FENCE TO BE ERECTED (ZONNEBLOEM) 33.5 VINEYARD 33.5

2/ Ø 600 EXISTING NEW WALKWAY 34

5

5

.

3 . 4 V

3 C 3 E L D

4

4 C 5 0 . 3

CULVERT 3

130 S 847 B 2 ERVITU 3 3 A DE ROA

30 DAT D 3.78m WIDE DG 1

1 BOX CULVERT NO 34M 842/1967 5 VI

. NEY PROPOSED 0 ARD 3 SW HM-D3 1x1.0x1.0 EXPROPIATIONVINEYARD 841 SW NEW FENCE TO BE ERECTED

130 4/4 134.314 V E L D

EXISTING WALKWAY 5 5

130 5 . .

. 6

2 4/8 4 3

2

3 34 3 3 .5 1 T THE F 59 HE FA 30.5 33 ARM No. 809 1 RM RIVERSIDE No TO BE RETAINED 1 1.5 0 . 809 THE FARM No. 7 3 3 450 34.5 135 98 5 844 34. 30.5 33.5 34.5

KM

8 5 5 02/ . . 3 4 3 4 4.5

4000 3 CC 3 THE FARM 4 E ONGEGU EXISTING OPEN DRAIN TO 53 34.5 34.5 ND No. 33. 909 909/1

845 BE CLEANED AND LINED 33

VINEYARD 34 4 3 34

4100

4

3 3 .5 34.5

GD42/681 4

420 3 3 5 0 . 13 2 5 3 1 4

2 3

3 30.5 4100 ORCHARD 35.5

CONCRETE 36 8 5 . 3 3 1 7 .5 0 3 3 6. 1 31 30 440 5 37 .5 4300 ORCHARD STRUCTURE BCC O PAAR OPEN LAND RCHARD L 31 THE FARM RIVERSIDE No. 810 SW 1.5 132.5 3 2 34 3 2.5 RESERVE SW 4/2 13 EXISTING ROAD REM. 810/1 ORCHARD

3 33.5 400mm PIPE ENCE POSITION TO BE RETAINED. EXISTING CULVERT 3 F

4/1 33.5 34 ORCHARD 4

4

34 3 3 EDGE BEAM E TO BE ERECTED TO BE REMOVE 4 NEW FENC THE FARM DRAKENSTEIN WYNKELDERS OP 3 I EN LAND SW N C CE 4.5 4/3 O EXISTING CULVERT 3 N VINEYARD No. 1337

S TO BE REMOVE

I SW OPEN LAND 5

CURVE SETTING OUT DATA . S 4 T 3 E SW EDGE BEAM SW 4/7 N T 4/5 4/6

D A WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM T SERVITUDE PIPELINE REFERENCE MARKS THE FARM A REM. 802/2 POINT 0.95m WIDE No. KUNNENBURGH (ZONNEBLOEM) Y X DGM 842/1967 35 WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM +0.000 +0 000 000.000 1 POINT 5 . No. 802 3 BCC 4 472.520 3 743 953.538 3 No. Y X Z 135 PLAN LAYOUT D R D +0.000 +0 000 000.000 PI 8 4 438.072 3 744 017.537 A R +0.000

H A

C H R C HM-D3 4 422.970 3 744 152.230 134.314 1:1000 R NOTE: O

ECC 4 431.980 3 744 090.031 O PRB12 4 508.263 3 743 851.316 134.231 1) REFER TO SCHEDULE OF SERVICES PRB13 4 411.876 3 744 244.099 134.282 DRAWINGS FOR DUCT POSITIONS

DRAINAGE 1/ 900 x 450 1/ Ø 60 RD CL 0 INCREASING DISTANCE

ION CT LOWE NUMBER F R DI AND SIZE 1/ Ø 900 2/ 3000 x 1800 FLOW 225° 1/ Ø 600 INSITU CULVERTS DIRECTION 90° 1/ 900 x 450 1/ 900 x 450 1/ Ø 900 1/ Ø 600

4/9 4/1 4/2 4/3 4/4 4/6 4/7 NUMBER 4/5 4/8 LEFT GUARDRAILS RIGHT LEFT KERBS RIGHT LEFT BARRIER LINES RIGHT LEFT SUBSURFACE DRAIN RIGHT LEFT TYPE 2 EARTH SIDE DRAIN OPEN EARTH DRAIN SPECIAL TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN SIDE DRAIN TYPE TYPE 2 CONCRETE SPECIAL TYPE 3 CONCRETE DRAIN (REFER TO CROSS-SECTION) RIGHT SPECIAL TYPE 3 DRAIN TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 x 200) SPECIAL CONCRETE DRAIN (500 x 200) DRAIN (500 x 200) (REFER TO CROSS-SECTION) LEFT CLIMBING LANES RIGHT

DESIGN SPEED PAARL FRANSCHHOEK 90 km/h

135

HOR 1:1000 SCALE VERT 1:100 130

125

0 m 50 m 100 m

120 km 4,130 1cm = 10m on A0 size PI=131,848 km 4,990 PI=134,400 PI=134,950 km 4,420 VERTICAL CURVES L=120,0 K=133,0 L=160,0 K=137,2 L=160,0 K=66,8 GRADES %

3,7m LEFT 34,542 34,703 34,923 34,509 34,490 34,471 34,451 34,432 34,413 34,401 34,442 34,886 34,866 34,822 34,754 34,685 34,617 34,555 34,529 34,739 34,809 34,875 34,940 34,963 34,944 34,924 34,905 33,782 33,949 34,146 34,316 34,457 34,569 34,652 34,705 32,129 32,313 32,523 32,737 32,951 33,165 33,378 33,592 31,557 31,590 31,623 31,657 31,694 31,758 31,851 31,975

ON CENTRELINE 34,616 34,777 34,997 34,583 34,564 34,545 34,525 34,506 34,487 34,475 34,516 34,738 34,718 34,699 34,680 34,661 34,641 34,622 34,603 34,878 34,873 34,854 34,834 34,815 34,796 34,776 34,757 33,880 34,094 34,294 34,464 34,605 34,717 34,800 34,853 32,203 32,387 32,597 32,811 33,025 33,239 33,452 33,666 31,631 31,664 31,697 31,731 31,768 31,832 31,925 32,049 LEVELS

3,7m RIGHT 34,542 34,703 34,923 34,509 34,490 34,471 34,451 34,432 34,413 34,401 34,442 34,590 34,570 34,576 34,603 34,587 34,567 34,548 34,529 35,016 34,936 34,832 34,729 34,667 34,648 34,628 34,609 33,979 34,235 34,442 34,612 34,753 34,865 34,948 35,001 32,129 32,313 32,523 32,737 32,951 33,189 33,453 33,716 31,557 31,590 31,623 31,657 31,694 31,758 31,851 31,975

GROUND LEVELS 34,798 33,908 34,130 34,265 34,264 34,274 34,370 34,510 34,654 33,982 33,963 34,312 34,349 34,235 34,316 34,334 33,853 34,873 34,536 34,731 34,664 34,561 34,410 34,267 34,189 34,416 34,479 34,677 34,918 33,181 33,498 33,609 33,657 33,842 34,022 34,106 34,332 32,112 32,390 32,686 32,779 31,143 31,793 31,650 31,731 31,338 31,438 31,469 31,413 31,343 31,490

KILOMETER DISTANCE 5,000 4,920 4,940 4,960 4,980 4,760 4,780 4,800 4,820 4,840 4,860 4,880 4,900 4,680 4,700 4,720 4,740 4,520 4,540 4,560 4,580 4,600 4,620 4,640 4,660 4,440 4,460 4,480 4,500 4,360 4,380 4,400 4,420 4,200 4,220 4,240 4,260 4,280 4,300 4,320 4,340 4,120 4,140 4,160 4,180 4,040 4,060 4,080 4,100 4,000 4,020 CURVE 7 LEFT CURVE 8 RIGHT L=153,6 m T=78,1 m HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT 356° 52' 18" 331° 43' 19" L=143,4 m T=72,7 m 355° 11' 40" R=350,0 m O=025-08-59- R=350,0 m O=023-28-21- ECC 4,688 ECC 4,476

BCC 4,322 e=4,0 %

BCC 4,544 e=4,0 -% SCALE APPROVED APPROVED PRELIMINARY P.R.E.'s FILE No. No. DATE ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS DESIGNED BY: GJS CONS. ENG. PRE THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL AND UPGRADING OF MAIN ROAD 191 13/5/1/2/1-749.2 1:1000 ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES FOR INFORMATION ONLY ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL (km 0,0 to km 9,57) CHECKED BY: WJ CONSULTING ENGINEERS LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM CONTRACT No. WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING FOR APPROVAL C749.2 DATE DRAWN BY: EL LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTION FOR TENDER PURPOSES CONSULTANT'S PLAN No. WCPA INDEX No. P.O.Box 398 Tel:(021)912-3000 PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER BELVILLE 7535 Fax:(021)912-3222 CHECKED BY: WJ (km 4,0 to km 5,0) e-mail: [email protected] DATE FOR CONSTRUCTION 21097KP0/LS/5 GD42/681

GD42/682 O

No. R BARRIER LINES BARRIER KERBS CLIMBING LANES CLIMBING GUARDRAILS SIDE DRAIN TYPEDRAIN SIDE DRAIN SUBSURFACE KILOMETER DISTANCEKILOMETER

GROUND LEVELS C GRADES % HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENTHORIZONTAL VERTICAL CURVES VERTICAL NEW WALKWAY NEW

TO BE CONSTRUCTED BE TO

3 H

4 A

HM-RR2 4 264.030 3 745 486.100 150.170 PRB14 4PRB14 407.523 3 744 543.922 138.669 HM-RR3 4 369.130 3 745 428.32 156.032 R PRB15 4 PRB15 350.472 3 744 851.269 142.021 PRB16 4 PRB16 258.318 3 745 189.650 149.289

DIRECTION FLOW P

POINT D DATE

LEVELS A

No.

O A DRAINAGE

SCALE

R R

DESIGN SPEED DESIGN C

INCREASING DISTANCE INCREASING

H

L 3

3,7m RIGHT 3,7m CENTRELINE ON LEFT 3,7m A

5

R

.

5

3

D

4 S 225° RD C 90° 90km/h L +0.000 REFERENCE MARKS THE FARMONGEGUND No. 913 HOR 1:1000 HOR VERT 1:100 VERT WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM19º WGS 84/Lo Y FLOW

DIRE 5

0 C 0 T

ION 0

3

E 4

ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS

.

5 L

EXISTING WALKWAY EXISTING

TO BE RETAINED BE TO E +0 000 +0 000 000.000

E

C 3

F

9

O

6

E

X

T R

REM. 913REM. 0

N

I

R

C

9

S

H

C

I

/

T F

AND SIZE A 1

NUMBER NUMBER

I

R I

I N

X

N

E

D

G

D

RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT G S RIGHT RIGHT

LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT

LEFT LEFT

3

6

. 5

SW 3

5/1 7 130 135 140

O 35

125 1 R

+0.000 C

3

H

5

. 5

A 5

3

5,000 34,798 34,923 34,997 34,923 Z

R 1

D

1 3

5

5

. 3

F

E

E 7 5

3 3 E

L X

1 6 E . N

5 I

S

C C

L=160,0

8 T T CONS. ENG.

3 I

N

I R

5,020 34,988 35,203 35,277 35,203 N

G

I G

PAARL

F

I E

3 D

5

3

.

5

9

5 .

3 8 DRAKENSTEIN WYNKELDERSDRAKENSTEIN

9 3 APPROVED

1/ 900 x 450 x 900 1/ .

5

K=66,8

5 5,040 35,324 35,543 35,617 35,543 1 OPEN LAND

CELLARS & BUILDINGS 0 5/1

1 0

4

0

4

0

.

5 PRE BARREL

5,060 35,875 35,943 36,017 35,943 FARM THE

3

4

6

1 N THE FARMONGEGUND No. 913

TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN 2 CONCRETE TYPE

o .

3

1 6

.5

E 3 DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY:

CHECKED BY: CHECKED BY:

3 L E 5,080 36,093 36,396 36,470 36,396 7

(500 x 200) x (500 3

C E 7 F

SW

5/2 E

X

T

P

B

N R I

+ 2,30 % +

S

I C

T

F

I

I I

N

N

E

G

D G

1

5,100 36,843 36,856 36,930 36,856 3

7

4 .

5

1

.

5

1

P

3

R 8 GJS EL

WJ WJ

B

T T

4

6

A A

0

1

R R

. 7 5 5,120 37,290 37,316 37,390 37,316 4 1 1/ 900 x 450 x 900 1/ 4 3 1 THE FARMONGEGUND No. 909 7 . 5 . 5 5/2

4

2 5

5,140 37,665 37,772 37,846 37,772 2

0

O

0

P

E

N

L

O A

BELVILLE 7535BELVILLE 398 P.O.Box

P

N

1

4

E

4

D N EXISTING WALKWAY EXISTING 3 RETAINED BE TO

8 L e-mail: [email protected] e-mail:

5,160 37,618 38,200 38,274 38,200 A 14

2 N

.5 D 355° 11' 40" 355° TYPE 2 CONCRETE DRAIN (500 DRAIN x 200) CONCRETE 2 TYPE L=120,0

5 5,180 38,421 38,596 38,671 38,596 . 0

4

T T

A A

R R PI=139,000 K=125,6

POINT N Fax:(021)912-3222 ECC 4 328.298 3 744 957.527 PI 9 PI 4 366.557 3 744 868.248 4BCC 374.694 3 744 771.458

Tel:(021)912-3000 E

km 5,190 No. W CURVE SETTING OUT DATA

5,200 38,546 38,961 39,035 38,961

F E

3 N 8

4 . 5

3 C E +0.000

3 9 SYSTEM19º WGS 84/Lo

5,220 38,978 39,294 39,368 39,294 MOUNTAINSDAWN FARM THE Y

4

3

.

5 5

5,240 39,116 39,594 39,668 39,594 3

DATE 0

+0 000 +0 000 000.000 0

CONSULTING ENGINEERS

N o

X

.

5,260 39,584 39,867 39,941 39,867 9

5

7 9

3 0 9

.

5

9

/ 1

5,280 39,900 40,136 40,210 40,136

O

P

E

N

L

A

N D

1 5,300 40,201 40,405 40,479 40,405 4 0

4

4

4 1

. 0 B 5

m .5

C

W DAM L

S I

C

D C E

E

R

V D

.

G

P

M

I

P

8

E

5,320 40,451 40,686 40,748 40,674 8

L

0 I

9

N

/ 4 E 1

9

4 A

8 R

8 . E 5

+ 1,34 % + A

O

E

O S

P

X

H

P

E

C

A

E

N

A

L

N

L

A

L

V

N

5 o

N

D

O

S

. A

5,340 40,737 41,017 41,017 40,943 4

D 9 T

1 R

A W 0

6 T

0 T

A I

E O

1 4

4 L I

1 T A N

5 4 N

H

1 N

. E 5 D

F

A

4 R

T 1 M

A 5,360 41,033 41,355 41,286 41,210 R 4 5 .5 THE FARM SW SIMONRAIL

BCC 5/3

T T

A A

N

N R

5,372 R

o 4

o

. 1

5,380 41,318 41,693 41,555 41,417 9

O .

. 5

1

N 4 9

G

E 2 T

G H

9 9

1

E U

4

/

2 N

F

(

D A M

R O

A

F M N

N )

o

N .

142

1

E PRB15

2 3 T

X 1

5,400 41,610 42,023 41,824 41,621 H

E R = 6 4 00 2 4

F 2 02

A

R Y : 436 M 6.557 X 4 : 374 6 4868.248 Z : 0.000

5,420 41,929 42,300 42,093 41,886

V

4

I

2

N

E

Y

A

R

F N

E

D

E

X E

SIMONDIUM 42

N

I W

KERKHOF 42.5 1 S

THE FARMTHE 5 C 5/3

5,440 42,211 42,573 42,366 42,159 T

5

F E 0

SW I

5/4

N E L=192,6 m L=192,6

R=600,0 m R=600,0 0

P

N

N

G

O

o C

4

6 R

1/ 900 x 450 x 900 1/

S .

. E 45 1 5

. O

9 5 4 I

THE FARM THE

7 T

No. 921 R CURVE 9 LEFT 9 CURVE

. T 2

5 4 A I

7 O

O

E

0

D

M N

4

5,460 42,320 42,873 42,666 42,459 B R

e=5,6 % e=5,6 8

L=100,0

E

.

T

E

9

O

S E

THE FARM THE

2

E

R

B 1

4 R

E E

8 N

V C

T=97,1 m T=97,1

O=018-23-27

6

R 2 o

-

E

T

.

E

E

9 T

5,480 42,775 43,204 42,997 42,790 PI=142,900 D 1

2 4

A O K=128,7 4 3

7

2 P . 4 I 5 7 N

km 5,480 E

N

E

D

L

A 5

5 4 .

N 3

5/4

D 7

4 3 3 7 1/ Ø 600 Ø 1/ 5,500 43,080 43,567 43,359 43,152 FARMTHE

E

N C

6 C

3

o

.

1 5

4

7 3

. 4 5

5,520 43,506 43,960 43,753 43,545 O

1 R 4

7 C .

5 H

DATE A

PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER R

WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING HOWEVER OR CAUSE WHATSOEVER D

THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL PROCEDURAL AND FOR IS APPROVAL THIS S ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL ATTRACT NOT DOES AND ONLY THE FARMNo. 925 ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES REVIEW ADMINISTRATIVE 5

6 4 0 4 LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM ANY OF LIABILITY 5,540 43,914 44,380 44,173 43,966 0

APPROVED

N F E

4 R

E 4 X

E 7

O 8

E

N

I

W P

5,560 44,278 44,805 44,598 44,390 S

B

M E

C C

T

N

F

E

5,564 . C I

4

L N

E 4

9 A

P .

5

N

G

2

N O

ECC D

C

5

R

S

E

O

I

T

T

A

I

O O

5,580 44,719 45,216 45,022 44,828 D

N

B

R

336° 48' 12" 336°

E T

E 1

4

O 5

S

E

E R

140 145 150

B

R

E E 4

T V

C 8

A

. R

5 5 R

E 4

T E

5,600 44,767 45,482 45,446 45,411 E 4

5 T

D .

5 A

SUBSOIL

I

N

E

O

D

R

.

C H 0 m 0

5,620 45,241 45,735 45,871 46,007 A

R D

BCC S

POINT 49 BCC BCC 4 304.253 3 745 013.637 ECC 4ECC 270.065 3 745 205.205 PI 10 PI 4 264.909 3 745 105.450 4

No. 4

6 6 4

8 .

5,625 CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 5 LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTIONPLAN AND LONGITUDINAL LAYOUT 4

8

.

5

5 4 6 5,640 45,753 46,073 46,295 46,517 7

0

0 THE FARMNo. 1577 UPGRADINGMAIN ROAD 191 OF 1cm = A010m on size +0.000

WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM19º WGS 84/Lo 4 6 . 5 Y 4 430 9

4

.

5 5,660 46,627 46,498 46,720 46,942 9 Y : 4264.90 R 9 X : 3

7 E THE FARMNo. 1574 451

50 m 50 05.450 M

(km 0,0 to km 9,57)(km 0,0

9 1

(km 5,0 to km 6,0)(km 5,0 to

.

6

1

O 5 +0 000 +0 000 000.000

+ 2,12 % +

P 5

4

8

E 7

5,680 47,014 46,922 47,144 47,366 N

7

L

4 A

7

N D X

1

4 L=196,3 m L=196,3 R=430,0 m R=430,0 5,700 47,071 47,346 47,568 47,790 7

4 . 5 8

1

5

0 CURVE 10 RIGHT 10 CURVE

4

8

. 5 CL S e=6,0 % e=6,0 ERV 100 m 100 ITUD D E ROA 5,720 47,858 47,771 47,993 48,215 GM 63 D 5.0m 72/1979 WIDE (FARM

6 1 6 224/1) O=026-09-19 T=99,9 m T=99,9

-

5

8 0

149.29 PRB16

0

5

5,740 48,166 48,195 48,417 48,639 0

.

5

6 7

4

9

E C

5,760 48,648 48,619 48,841 49,063 C

4

9

.

5

O

R

S

L

C A

TYPE 1C SIDE DRAIN 1C SIDE TYPE B 5,780 48,997 49,044 49,266 49,488 H

1 A

5 R

0

D

5

S

S

1

I

M

O

P O

E

N

N

D

L

I A

5,800 49,487 49,473 49,690 49,903 U

N M FOR CONSTRUCTIONFOR PURPOSES TENDER FOR APPROVALFOR INFORMATION ONLYFOR

PRELIMINARY

D

S 1577REM.

5 T

0 A

.

5

T

I

O N 5,822 5,820 49,909 49,967 50,115 50,263 ECC

PLAN LAYOUTPLAN

5

9 0

5,840 50,316 50,429 50,508 50,582 0

T A

1:1000

R

6

8

S

L

A B SE 1 RV 5,860 50,718 50,765 50,839 50,839 5 ITU DE ROA D 5 5 .0 0 m W . 5 IDE 5 L=140,0 D

1 G M4 525

P / D 19

( 8 1577/3 I 5

F G 5,880 51,085 51,035 51,109 51,044 P

A

M E

C

R

L L

1

I M

N S

8 CONSULTANT'S PLAN No.CONSULTANT'S

E E 5

1

6

R 5

A

13/5/1/2/1-749.2 PI=151,600

/

7

V 1 K=64,5

R

7

9 21097KP0/LS/6

E /

9

1 P.R.E.'s FILE No.P.R.E.'s

A

CONTRACT No.CONTRACT km 5,890 6 5 ) . 1 5,900 51,334 51,242 51,316 51,242 5

5 C749.2

1 E P 5

02° 57' 32"57' 02° 2

X

R P

FENCE POSITION TO BE POSITION FENCE

BE ERECTED (SECURITY) ERECTED BE TO FENCE NEW RETAINED. RESERVE ROAD EXISTING

O

R

P

1

O

O

5

2

P

.

S

5 I

SERV. DAM AREA DAM SERV.

E 5 A

5,920 51,436 51,387 51,461 51,387 6 D

(FARM 1577/1) (FARM T 5 DGM1856/1996 5

REM. 1577REM. FRANSCHHOEK I .

5 O H

6

1

0

N

M

1

5

0

5

0

2

6

-

5 . R

6 1 5 .

5 THE FARMNo. 932

5 0

R 3 5

3 . - 0,05 % - 1 5,940 51,526 51,470 51,544 51,470 5

5 .

1

5

2

5

WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. O

REM. 932 REM. P

5 E

6 FARM THE

N 5

No. 937

3

L A 6

5,960 51,611 51,491 51,565 51,491 5 N

WCPA INDEX No.WCPA D THE NEW HOUSE NEW THE GD42/682 FRANSCHHOEK 1:1000 L=260,0 56 FARM THE

SCALE 5

1 935 No. 5

K=74,8 .

3 5

56 . 56 5

5,980 51,733 51,454 51,528 51,454 5 1 4

1 . 3 5

1

1

S

4

5

V

6 1

9 5 0

6 . R

.

.

1

4

6

0

9

4

3 E

4

0

7

7

0

5 M 13

5 Y

.

5 .

1

+

937/1 5

9 4

6,000 51,845 51,401 51,438 51,364 5

2

1 5 0

.

/

5

3 0 1

3 5

. 5 (FA RM 15 77 /1) Y 0 Y 0 0 + 0 + 0 0 4 CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 6 4 8 Y 0 0 0 + CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 0 51 20 5 0 5 6 3 2 0 4 0 4 4 8 14 7 0 6 7 7 0 4 3 3 SERV. DAM AREA WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM + 3 7 + + 3 POINT X WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM + DGM1856/1996 X X POINT (FARM 1577/1) No. X

Y X No. Y X

5 .

1

5 5

. REM. 1577 +0.000 +0 000 000.000 1 +0.000 +0 000 000.000 5 BCC 4 279.722 3 745 392.057 150.637 BCC 3 759.222 3 746 261.895 149.447 PI 11 4 288.233 3 745 556.701

6 1.190 PI 12 3 738.224 3 746 289.887

0 3 00 4 SV6040 ECC 4 189.301 3 745 688.581 THE FARM No. 940 3 ECC 3 718.218 3 746 318.596

5 150.637 4 1.5 0

4 1 1 DWELLING 52 149.447 .5 REM. 940 1.190 52 SW V6090 HM-RR2 S 6/1 THE FARM NEW HOUSE SIMONDIUM TOWNSHIP EXT. No. 2 THE FARM No. 946

15 1

2 5 1

.5 . 150.17 40

1 5

2

5 L 5 I No. 935 4 M 946/3

1 CO IT O

E X I S T

N I G

S

T O 4 R E N F GEN. PLAN 1490

PROPOSED 2 ST 946/11 (U/R)

A R G M I EXIS R A TING R

EXISTING K RU THE FARM No. 943 OAD 5

. C

EXPROPIATION 0 THE FARM No. 936 T 5 I RESERVE FENCE

SIDEWALK R THE FARM DR 1091 WATERGAT O 117 (U/R)

E N 943/2

V

REM. 936 I

N W E

S

O 7 H P

R POSITION TO BE

936/1 PAD TO BIEN DONNE

T

SW O

0 5 RET

O 118 (U/R) AINED. .

5 5 0

EXISTING ROAD RESERVE FENCE . PRISON 5

R 1 0

1 N 940/2

5 (GROOTRIVER) 2 o. 1333

3 5 G

6 4

4 /2 0 CONSTRUCT 9 1 5 . 5 5 POSITION TO BE RETAINED. NEW 936/2 . 1

9 116

SWSW 4 5 . NEW WALKWAY

THE FARM SWSW SW 940/4 8 1 1 FRANSCHHOEK FENCE TO BE ERECTED (SECURITY) 5

5 5

9 6/66/6 6/76/7 2 4 6/8 IUM) 5 EXISTING SHOP N ERF 114 SIMOND EXISTING No. 932 3.5 61 (SITUATED O 00 4 S 5 8 W . 9

.5 3 JB2 4 WALKWAY

L E I N N A

F C O

V O

Y P O R 4 E 5 CANOPY 6/3 HM-PP1 . 1 JB3 8 SW 146.77 4 47 EXISTING SW HM-RR3 .5 145.80 48 S 143.15 6/5 ER WALKWAY 8 V 6/4 4 120 REM. 114 MH

156.03 C . WA CONCRETE

5 L T .

E 5

W R PROPOSED .

3

5

ID P 7 .

5 E IP

E 4 D 5 RETAINING 5

G L 1

I . MH

M N 3 4

E 5

8 4

4 WALKWAY

6 3 4

7

6

5 .0 6

4 5 1 m 4 4

/ 3

19 4 4 7000 81 4 WALL 6. REM. 4 5

0 4 54.5 4 6900 LINE 1

936/3 CL SERV. WATER PIPE 4 TAR

4 3

5 6800

5 . 1220 3.5 145 4

5 62 3 3.0m WIDE DGM 8655/1981 3 140 0 .5 4 4 3.5 0 44 6700 5 TAR 454.5 6600 152.5 500 155 6 6400 REM. 937 6300 ECC MH

MH

5

5

1

. 4 3 .

4 7 MH 1

4

4 940/1 THE FARM No. 945 5 SW 1 . THE FARM SION No. 939 2

THE FARM 8 43 52 4 6/ 2a 4 1

43 3

4 142.5

No.1 937 0 1 3 5 48 939/5

1 145 46.5 47 47 937/1 DRAKENSTEIN

45.5 KLEIN PAARL 51

56 6 55 5 5 .5 45. 5 950/9 14 145 51.5 6 937/1 39 .5 949/4

5 40 43.5 5 5

6 6 .5 . 47.

6 5 4 5 4 7 1

5 5 4309.5 5 4

GD42/683 5 1 2 1 . 6 5

4 7 .5 15

44 0 4 51 2.5

4 9 0

4 4 8 4 1

5 43 40 4 5

43.5 43.5 1 8.5 1 5

5 145 44.5 5 . 5 .

4 3. 5 4 . 6 4 9

952/2 4 951/3 S 9 8 7 4 W 4 0 4 4 4 4 5

5 5 142.5

9

3 4

1

6/2b THE FARM VREDE EN LUST 5 4

.

0 PRB17 4

5

L 5

IMIT OF 3 E

5 44 THE FARM LE PLAISIR MERLE 950/4 4

5

. 0 5

2

D . 5 144.22 48

4 I

2 52 1 No. 950 43

1 CONSTRUCT 52 4 ION E 1 No. 949

W 3 2

G

5 7

5 4 4 5 951/8

REM. 950/1 A EXISTING ROAD RESERVE m THE FARM No. 1509 S OPEN EARTH REM. 949/2 9

8

S

5 FEN

. CE POSITION TO BE RETAINED.

DRAIN .

3 4 A No. 951 8 EXISTING Ø 300 PIPE NEW FENCE TO BE ERECTED

1

500 x 200mm CULVERT TO BE REFERENCE MARKS P

4 REM. 951/1 4

TRAPEZOIDAL REPLACED WITH Ø 450

4 THE FAR 4

M CONCRETE DRAIN WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM 5

FREDERIKSBURG POINT .

5

4 .

R

4 4

E 4

REM. 937 V No. 952 No. Y X Z I R

7

M R

4

5 E

O V

+0.000 +0 000 000.000 4 I

+0.000 O

1 R

R T

T THE FARM No. 937 O

S O

L

HM-RR2 4 264.030 3 745 486.100 150.170 R U G

E

M

5 .

HM-PP1 4 243.280 3 745 611.250 145.800 5

ETTIENNE BUYS .5 4 5 4 PLAN LAYOUT PRB17 4 207.009 3 745 679.335 144.223 082 896 5194 1:1000

JB2 3 996.600 3 745 954.230 146.768 DANA BUYS

JB3 4 109.530 3 745 782.190 143.150 5

.

082 891 1800 4 4

5 . 5 4 DRAINAGE RD CL 1/ Ø 600 1/ Ø 600 1/ Ø 450 1/ Ø 600 INCREASING DISTANCE N IO W O ECT NUMBER FL IR D AND SIZE 1/ Ø 600 1/ 2100 x 2100 FLOW 225° 2/ 3600 x 2600 DIRECTION 90° 1/ Ø 450 INSITU CULVERT INSITU CULVERT 1/ Ø 450 6/1 6/2 6/2a 6/3 NUMBER 6/2b 6/4 6/5 6/6 6/7 6/8 LEFT GUARDRAILS RIGHT LEFT KERBS KERB AND CHANNEL (TYPE 4 AND 300 INSITU) KERB AND CHANNEL (TYPE 4 AND 300 PRECAST CHANNEL) RIGHT LEFT BARRIER LINES RIGHT LEFT SUBSURFACE DRAIN RIGHT OUTLET STRUCTURE LEFT SIDE DRAIN TYPE RIGHT TYPE 1C SIDE DRAIN LEFT CLIMBING LANES RIGHT

FRANSCHHOEK PAARL DESIGN SPEED 90km/h

150

HOR 1:1000 SCALE VERT 1:100 145

140

0 m 50 m 100 m

135 1cm = 10m on A0 size PI=142,800 km 6,280 PI=151,500 km 6,090 km 6,520 PI=153,100 km 6,850 PI=144,800 VERTICAL CURVES L=260,0 K=74,8 L=120,0 K=44,6 L=160,0 K=40,5 L=130,0 K=44,2 GRADES % - 0,05 % - 3,53 % - 0,83 % + 3,12 % + 0,18 %

3,7m LEFT REFER TO SETTING OUT DETAILS FOR LEVELS 53,226 53,262 53,299 46,471 47,096 47,720 48,344 48,968 49,593 50,217 50,841 51,440 51,951 52,372 52,702 52,942 53,091 53,153 53,190 43,257 43,338 43,517 43,795 44,172 44,648 45,223 45,847 44,702 44,438 44,226 44,059 43,893 43,726 43,559 43,393 43,275

ON CENTRELINE REFER TO SETTING OUT DETAILS FOR LEVELS 53,300 53,336 53,373 51,514 52,025 52,446 52,776 53,016 53,165 53,227 53,264 46,545 47,170 47,794 48,418 49,042 49,667 50,291 50,915 43,331 43,412 43,591 43,869 44,246 44,722 45,297 45,921 44,512 44,300 44,133 43,967 43,800 43,633 43,467 43,349 44,813 LEVELS 3,7m RIGHT REFER TO SETTING OUT DETAILS FOR LEVELS 53,226 53,262 53,299 51,440 51,951 52,372 52,702 52,942 53,091 53,153 53,190 46,471 47,096 47,720 48,344 48,968 49,593 50,217 50,841 43,257 43,338 43,517 43,795 44,172 44,648 45,223 45,847 44,549 44,263 44,059 43,893 43,726 43,559 43,393 43,275 44,924

GROUND LEVELS 52,900 52,995 53,010 53,071 53,094 51,838 52,285 52,549 52,763 50,012 50,567 51,104 51,611 45,224 45,701 46,448 47,093 47,584 48,218 48,923 49,499 43,820 43,113 44,122 44,669 43,304 43,182 43,088 43,534 44,296 43,882 43,712 43,426 43,432 43,505 43,379 43,417 46,715 45,833 45,230 44,683 51,791 51,768 51,253 50,711 50,232 49,571 48,691 47,900 51,845 51,742

KILOMETER DISTANCE 7,000 6,920 6,940 6,960 6,980 6,760 6,780 6,800 6,820 6,840 6,860 6,880 6,900 6,680 6,700 6,720 6,740 6,600 6,620 6,640 6,660 6,440 6,460 6,480 6,500 6,520 6,540 6,560 6,580 6,360 6,380 6,400 6,420 6,200 6,220 6,240 6,260 6,280 6,300 6,320 6,340 6,120 6,140 6,160 6,180 6,040 6,060 6,080 6,100 6,000 6,020 CURVE 11 LEFT L=316,3 m T=164,9 m HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT 323° 07' 27" R=455,0 m -O=039-50-04 e=6,0 % BCC 6,009 BCC ECC 6,325 ECC SCALE APPROVED APPROVED PRELIMINARY P.R.E.'s FILE No. No. DATE ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS DESIGNED BY: GJS CONS. ENG. PRE THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL AND UPGRADING OF MAIN ROAD 191 13/5/1/2/1-749.2 1:1000 ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES FOR INFORMATION ONLY ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL (km 0,0 to km 9,57) CHECKED BY: WJ CONSULTING ENGINEERS LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM CONTRACT No. WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING FOR APPROVAL C749.2 DATE DRAWN BY: EL LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTION FOR TENDER PURPOSES CONSULTANT'S PLAN No. WCPA INDEX No. P.O.Box 398 Tel:(021)912-3000 PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER BELVILLE 7535 Fax:(021)912-3222 CHECKED BY: WJ (km 6,0 to km 7,0) 21097KP0/LS/7 GD42/683 e-mail: [email protected] DATE FOR CONSTRUCTION 0 Y 0 Y 0 Y 0 + 0 2 + 0 + 0 0 0 3 0 3 6 8 3 6 6 4 4 20 0 4 00 0 6 6 0 7 7 6 0 4 4 4 4 7 7 3 7 7 3 3 15 + 3 3 + + + X + X X X X

THE FARM No. 946 946/3 946/11 (U/R) THE FARM TONIS FONTYN No. 978 978/5 943 EXISTING ROAD THE FARM No. 946 REM. 1264 RESERVE FENCE 946/3 POSITION TO BE RETAINED. VERMIN VELDSPAN THE FARM ANTONISFONTEIN VELDSPAN THE FARM ANTONISFONTEIN EXISTING ROAD RESERVE FENCE CONSTRUCT NEW WALKWAY SW FRANSCHHOEK 7 CONSTRUCT NEW WALKWAY 4 8 POSITION TO BE RETAINED. NEW 7/2 2 .8 No. 1264 REM. 1264 2 9 FENCE TO BE ERECTED ORCHARD . 5 EXISTING 8 8 SW . 2 REM. 1264 2 OP OPEN LAND 6 0 3 (VERMIN TO KM 7,3) EN LAND 5 OPEN LAND 7 6 . 1

WALKWAY 0 4 7/1 7

5 5

3 OPEN LAND . 2

0 OPEN 1 LAND 6

: 7 .5 .5 6 OPEN LAND 2 3 .5 5 61 3 5 6 15 Y : 5 5 7.5 .5 KM 54 5. 8 8 53 54 .5 155 5 56.5 5 7 157.5 58 5 0 0.5 X 56 57 58 58 58 58 57 5 59 59.5 16 6 REM. 1264 58 157.5 T 61 STUMP AR 0 ECC 7100 E 7200 7300 7400 7500 7600 7700 7000 58 7800 77990000 8000

56.5

MH 61 60.5 62.5 2M4 H 1

62.5

1 REM. 978/2 6 PAARL EDGE BEAM 55.5

KLEIN DRAKENSTEIN PAARL THE FARM TONIS FONTYN No. 978 REM. 978/2 REM 56.5 61 . 978/2 5 58 8.5 61 2 2.5

52 58 5 60.5 6 16

5 8.5 8

THE FARM TONIS FONTYN No. 978 8 9 .5 0

51 REM. 978/2 5 59 6 51 58.5 58 5 5 1 58 8.5 51.5 .5 53 53.5 1 Y 58.5 6 ND + N LAND OPEN LA 3 SCATTERED BUSH OPE 2

152. 58 0

5 5 4 5 0

5 7 5 5 5

3 3 3 . 5 6 8 5

. 4 5

GD42/684 5 5 1 . 5 8 5

3 8 1

5 5 5 5

. 5

5 5 .5 .5 7 15

6 7 .5 7.5 5 5 1 .5 978/7 8 PRB19 5

58 58 8 ORCHARD 155.26 ORCHARD 5

ORCHARD E FARM No. 1509 THE FARM No. 1510 THE FARM RACHEL- FONTEIN No. 977 ORCHARD THE FARM No. 1509 REM. 977 THE FARM No. 976

REFERENCE MARKS

WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM POINT PLAN LAYOUT No. Y X Z 1:1000 +0.000 +0 000 000.000 +0.000 PRB19 3 680.684 3 746 397.619 155.263 PRB20 3 156.740 3 747 147.988 162.820

DRAINAGE RD CL INCREASING DISTANCE NUMBER FLOW DIRECTION AND SIZE

FLOW 225°

DIRECTION 90° 1/ 900 x 450 1/ Ø 600

NUMBER 7/1 7/2 LEFT GUARDRAILS RIGHT LEFT KERBS RIGHT LEFT BARRIER LINES RIGHT LEFT SUBSURFACE DRAIN RIGHT LEFT SIDE DRAIN TYPE RIGHT TYPE 2 EARTH DRAIN LEFT CLIMBING LANES RIGHT

165 PAARL FRANSCHHOEK DESIGN SPEED 90 km/h

160

HOR 1:1000 SCALE VERT 1:100 155

150

0 m 50 m 100 m

145 1cm = 10m on A0 size PI=153,500 km 7,070 km 7,710 PI=161,600 km 7,860 PI=157,200 km 7,330 PI=158,250 PI=158,625 km 7,530 VERTICAL CURVES L=120,0 K=96,7 L=160,0 K=225,2 L=140,0 K=152,0 L=120,0 K=49,1 L=160,0 K=100,7 GRADES %

3,7m LEFT 60,166 60,553 60,901 61,208 61,476 61,704 61,893 62,042 62,170 62,299 62,428 58,322 58,290 58,330 58,451 58,654 58,938 59,303 59,739 56,875 57,088 57,284 57,462 57,623 58,052 58,182 58,285 58,361 58,412 58,436 58,434 58,405 58,363 54,707 54,991 55,276 55,561 55,845 56,128 56,394 56,644 53,299 53,340 53,418 53,537 53,698 53,899 54,143 54,422

ON CENTRELINE 62,244 62,373 62,502 60,240 60,627 60,975 61,282 61,550 61,778 61,967 62,116 58,396 58,364 58,404 58,525 58,728 59,012 59,377 59,813 58,256 58,359 58,435 58,486 58,510 58,508 58,479 58,438 56,949 57,162 57,358 57,536 57,697 58,126 54,781 55,065 55,350 55,635 55,919 56,202 56,468 56,718 53,373 53,414 53,492 53,611 53,772 53,973 54,217 54,496 LEVELS

3,7m RIGHT 62,170 62,299 62,428 60,166 60,553 60,901 61,208 61,476 61,704 61,893 62,042 58,322 58,290 58,330 58,451 58,654 58,938 59,303 59,739 58,182 58,285 58,361 58,412 58,436 58,434 58,405 58,363 56,875 57,088 57,284 57,462 57,623 58,052 54,707 54,991 55,276 55,561 55,845 56,128 56,394 56,644 53,299 53,340 53,418 53,537 53,698 53,899 54,143 54,422

GROUND LEVELS 62,381 61,860 61,744 62,150 62,267 59,292 59,667 60,135 60,331 60,707 61,235 61,369 61,415 58,119 58,153 58,572 58,795 58,097 58,060 58,091 58,094 57,678 57,829 57,875 58,092 58,113 58,095 58,087 56,895 57,038 57,184 55,128 55,436 55,709 55,871 56,213 56,439 56,654 56,785 54,076 54,323 54,602 54,859 53,277 53,437 53,640 53,835 53,094 53,137

KILOMETER DISTANCE 7,920 7,940 7,960 7,980 8,000 7,840 7,860 7,880 7,900 7,760 7,780 7,800 7,820 7,600 7,620 7,640 7,660 7,680 7,700 7,720 7,740 7,520 7,540 7,560 7,580 7,360 7,380 7,400 7,460 7,480 7,500 7,280 7,300 7,320 7,340 7,200 7,220 7,240 7,260 7,040 7,060 7,080 7,100 7,120 7,140 7,160 7,180 7,000 7,020 CURVE 12 RIGHT L=70,0 m T=35,0 m HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT 323° 07' 27" 325° 07' 44" R=2000,0m -O=002-00-17 ECC 7,112 ECC BCC 7,042 BCC e=0,0 % SCALE APPROVED APPROVED PRELIMINARY P.R.E.'s FILE No. No. DATE ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS DESIGNED BY: GJS CONS. ENG. PRE THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL AND UPGRADING OF MAIN ROAD 191 13/5/1/2/1-749.2 1:1000 ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES FOR INFORMATION ONLY ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL (km 0,0 to km 9,57) CHECKED BY: WJ CONSULTING ENGINEERS LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM CONTRACT No. WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING FOR APPROVAL C749.2 DATE DRAWN BY: EL P.O.Box 398 Tel:(021)912-3000 LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTION FOR TENDER PURPOSES CONSULTANT'S PLAN No. WCPA INDEX No. BELVILLE 7535 Fax:(021)912-3222 PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER CHECKED BY: WJ (km 7,0 to km 8,0) e-mail: [email protected] DATE FOR CONSTRUCTION 21097KP0/LS/8 GD42/684 Y 0 Y 0 0 Y 0 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 2 6 2 8 3 2 4 8 6 0 7 0 7 00 7 0 4 7 0 4 4 0 4 7 7 7 7 3 3 3 16 3 0 + + + 0 + X X X 0 X 7 4 7 3 + X CURVE SETTING OUT DATA

WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM POINT No. Y X +0.000 +0 000 000.000 THE FARM No. 1631 THE FARM TONIS BCC 2 763.445 3 747 688.700 FONTYN No. 978 THE FARM PI 13 2 739.566 3 747 722.967 1631/1 ECC 2 712.912 3 747 755.123 978/5 TONIS FONTYN S D E G R THE FARM WERDA No. 982 M V I 978/3 3 T 1 U Y 7 D 6 + E 3 / 982/2 2 PRB21 2 R 0 0 0 0 O 0 A 165.72

EXISTING ROAD RESERVE ( D F THE FARM No. 1631 GR K AZING LANDS HHOE A 5 RANSC . F FENCE POSITION TO BE R 0 ORCHARD M m 1631/1 65.5 6 RETAINED. NEW FENCE 1 W 6 ORCHARD P 6 5 A . 3 I V D 2 TO BE ERECTED 1 6 E ORCHARDS E 5 1 / 6. 66.5 D 1 6 ) 2 3.5 ORCHARDS 6 6 GRAZING LANDS .5 5 66.5 1 3 6 3.5 . TAR 6 6 GRAZIN KM 8 4 REM. 1631 G LANDS 6 5 9000 6 THE FARM ANTONISFONTEIN 1 REM. 1264 65.5 64 66 66 65.5 65.5 66 66.5 TAR TAR TAR 8900 66 REM. 1631 ECC 8000 8100 8200 8300 8400 8500 REM. 1264 8600 8700 BCC 8800 REM. 1264 67

67 167.5 REM. 1631 62.5 1 62.5 MH MH 162.5 64.5 7 6 .5 6 167.5 167 PAARL THE FARM TONIS FONTYN No. 978 6 .9 165 5 2 64.5 . 167.5 REM. 978/2 9 2 THE FARM No 167.5 167.5 5.5 3 7 . 984 REM. 978/2 EDGE BEAM 6 0 1767.5 67 0 7 4 67 6 68 HE FARM TONIS FONTYN No. 978 REM. 978/2 63.5 THE FARM No. 984 64.5 65.5 2 7 67 64.5 THE FARM No. 984 0 : 7 167.5 6 6 1 3 63 4 165 6 7 :

2 62.5 6 Y 68

6 1 7 5

. 6

3 5 X 6 . 6 S 6 GD42/685 OPEN LAND SW OPEN LAND D T OPEN LAND OPEN LAND OPEN LAND 8/1 R E OPEN LAND 68 PRB22 OPEN LAND .5 PRB20 A L 167 68 166.58 K L 162.82 E 68.5 E N N 68 B 978/7 S O .5 9 68 T 69 6 978/7 .5 E S THE FARM No. 1674 68 I C N REFERENCE MARKS H 1674/4 WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM POINT No. Y X Z +0.000 +0 000 000.000 +0.000 THE FARM No. 1674 PRB20 3 156.740 3 747 147.988 162.820 PRB21 2 848.314 3 747 549.827 165.717 PRB22 2 609.706 3 747 906.825 166.583 PLAN LAYOUT 1:1000

DRAINAGE RD CL INCREASING DISTANCE

W O L NUMBER F RECTION DI AND SIZE

FLOW 225°

DIRECTION 90° 1/ 900 x 450

NUMBER 8/1 LEFT GUARDRAILS RIGHT LEFT KERBS RIGHT LEFT BARRIER LINES RIGHT LEFT SUBSURFACE DRAIN RIGHT LEFT SIDE DRAIN TYPE RIGHT LEFT CLIMBING LANES RIGHT

170 PAARL DESIGN SPEED FRANSCHHOEK 90 km/h

165

HOR 1:1000 SCALE VERT 1:100 160

155

0 m 50 m 100 m

150 1cm = 10m on A0 size km 8,450 PI=167,600 km 8,850 PI=165,400 PI=164,500 km 8,310 PI=166,500 km 8,610 VERTICAL CURVES L=120,0 K=75456,2 L=120,0 K=2687,5 L=120,0 K=523,6 L=160,0 K=177,9 GRADES % + 0,64 % + 0,64 % + 0,69 % + 0,46 % - 0,44 %

3,7m LEFT 67,041 66,952 66,864 67,272 67,318 67,342 67,344 67,323 67,280 67,214 67,129 66,555 66,654 66,747 66,839 66,930 67,022 67,113 67,202 65,534 65,670 65,807 65,945 66,081 66,211 66,333 66,448 64,490 64,619 64,747 64,876 65,005 65,135 65,266 65,399 63,459 63,588 63,717 63,846 63,975 64,104 64,233 64,361 62,428 62,557 62,686 62,815 62,944 63,073 63,202 63,330

ON CENTRELINE 67,115 67,026 66,938 67,346 67,392 67,416 67,418 67,397 67,354 67,288 67,203 66,629 66,728 66,821 66,913 67,004 67,096 67,188 67,276 65,608 65,744 65,881 66,019 66,155 66,285 66,407 66,522 64,564 64,693 64,821 64,950 65,079 65,209 65,340 65,473 63,533 63,662 63,791 63,920 64,049 64,178 64,307 64,435 62,502 62,631 62,760 62,889 63,018 63,147 63,276 63,404 LEVELS

3,7m RIGHT 67,041 66,952 66,864 67,272 67,318 67,342 67,344 67,323 67,280 67,214 67,129 66,555 66,654 66,747 66,839 66,930 67,022 67,113 67,202 65,534 65,670 65,807 65,945 66,081 66,211 66,333 66,448 64,490 64,619 64,747 64,876 65,005 65,135 65,266 65,399 63,459 63,588 63,717 63,846 63,975 64,104 64,233 64,361 62,428 62,557 62,686 62,815 62,944 63,073 63,202 63,330

GROUND LEVELS 66,799 67,237 67,263 67,075 67,194 67,172 66,933 66,982 66,919 66,852 66,950 67,036 67,132 66,441 66,623 66,743 66,833 65,758 65,902 66,009 66,100 66,179 66,303 66,189 66,512 65,123 65,274 65,438 65,593 64,379 64,639 64,837 65,012 63,547 63,587 63,682 63,900 64,053 64,175 64,294 64,313 62,512 63,001 63,250 63,337 62,451 62,578 62,626 62,532 62,381 62,232

KILOMETER DISTANCE 9,000 8,840 8,860 8,880 8,900 8,920 8,940 8,960 8,980 8,760 8,780 8,800 8,820 8,680 8,700 8,720 8,740 8,520 8,540 8,560 8,580 8,600 8,620 8,640 8,660 8,440 8,460 8,480 8,500 8,360 8,380 8,400 8,420 8,200 8,220 8,240 8,260 8,280 8,300 8,320 8,340 8,120 8,140 8,160 8,180 8,040 8,060 8,080 8,100 8,000 8,020 CURVE 13 LEFT L=83,5 m T=41,8 m 325° 07' 44" 320° 20' 44" HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT R=1000,0m -O=004-46-59 e=0,0 % ECC 8,865 ECC BCC 8,782 BCC SCALE APPROVED APPROVED PRELIMINARY P.R.E.'s FILE No. No. DATE ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS DESIGNED BY: GJS CONS. ENG. PRE THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL AND UPGRADING OF MAIN ROAD 191 13/5/1/2/1-749.2 1:1000 ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES FOR INFORMATION ONLY ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL (km 0,0 to km 9,57) CHECKED BY: WJ CONSULTING ENGINEERS LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM CONTRACT No. WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING FOR APPROVAL C749.2 DATE DRAWN BY: EL LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTION FOR TENDER PURPOSES CONSULTANT'S PLAN No. WCPA INDEX No. P.O.Box 398 Tel:(021)912-3000 PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER BELVILLE 7535 Fax:(021)912-3222 CHECKED BY: WJ (km 8,0 to km 9,0) GD42/685 e-mail: [email protected] DATE FOR CONSTRUCTION 21097KP0/LS/9 3

6 Y 0 Y 0 Y 0 0 0 + 0 +2 0 + 0 2 0 2 4 2 6 4 8 2 8 0 8 0 4 8 0 4 0 4 0 7 4 0 7 0 7 7 17 3 3 3 3 + + + + 3.5 CURVE SETTING OUT DATA THE FARM 6 X X X X

No. 1475 S

4/Lo 19º SYSTEM E WGS 8 R

POINT REM. 1475 V I THE FARM MEERLUST No. 1006 T

No. Y X U

R D THE FARM E

+0.000 +0 000 000.000 E

S

V

I R

E

5 DELTAMEER

R 6

O

BCC 2 207.961 3 748 364.324 R

1 REM. 1006/1

V A A 982/5

I

D No. 1460 D THE FARM MEERLUST No. 1006

PI 14 2 186.925 3 748 389.704 T

U

R

A

E D R

ECC 2 165.063 3 748 414.376 E

E 1460/1 W

REM. 1006/1

PRB24 A

64 A )

e

)

E

z R i

1

l D D /

I

e 1

-

3

W E

G

6

e 174 59

i

1 m

n A

0

. M

M

e

2 i

THE FARM R

s

SW i E

A D

Y s F

N

o 2 I (

p

L G

+ 0 O 0 E

n

2 9/1 0

a P 0

I

0

6 v M

No. 1631 2 4

/

6 . P

5 r P

6

0 e 5 T

7

0 k N 1

e

5 /

2

3 . E s

4 1

5 LIMIT OF

U 4 7

e 0

M i

1631/1 L

9

6

n 2 G F

( 4

F

5ST1 D 9 E 3 0 CONSTRUCTION 7 THE FARM No. 1631 2 /

166.370 1

9

5 5

1 7 . .

5 3 4

9 2

. 7 .5 7

7 7

0 4 3 7 5

5 9 5

.

6. 6 1

6 5 8

GRAZING LANDS 6 17 .

6 1631/1 2

6 6 . 7 6 4 4.5

6 8 7 0 7 6 5 5 7 74.5 6 9. 0. 2 5 65.5 67 68.5 6 70 7 74 d 0 8 172.5 65.5 16565 6 1 71 .5 73.5 74 4 74 65.5 C 9 71.5 72 172 3 n 74 2 ta L 7 e : 7 73 HHOEK r sidewalk D 175 3 FRANSC W 71 G tar s 68.5 172.5 Y : 172 idewalk TAR 73.5 .5 M A TAR X 9000 9100 T 9200 9800 3 9300 940 E 0 9500 ECC 1 R 9600 BCC 9700 7

6 P / I 2 P 73 65.5 0 5 74 74 6 E CL EFFLUENT PIPELINE 2.0m WIDE .5

0 O 74 66 165 DGM 3176/2000 (FARM 1 0 L TAR 631/1) CHANNEL .5 I

P 5 ( N 74.5 6 F

64.5 E 4 5 A 4

0 6 5 R S 7 2 TAR 2 . M E 9 9

3 . R 8 7 68 6 4 5 PAARL 1 . VIN 1 REM 0 8 3 3 ES V . 163 8 7

6 88 1 0 1

I 9 THE FARM

6 6 .5 0 4 3 T 6 2

5 69 0 2 7 5 : 1 5

U 6 7 7

. . 1 0.5 1 3

1 / 8 8 7

16 1 D X Y : 7 7. 6 4 5 6

O 73 .5

) B 5 MH TAR

E . 7 3 X

REM. 1631 1 2 7 1006/4 No. 1632 7 2 PRB25 167 5 1 .5 . . 74. 006/4 0 DENSE BUSH 2 5 7 7 E m 3 REM. 1475 . 2.0m WID 1 . 174.88 1 E SERV 5 5 75 R PIPELIN . WATE W DENSE BUSH 57 5 1006/4 4 1 67 6. . 7 67.5 71 8 6 6 TAR M 1632/1) I 8 M 000 (FAR D 6 H M 3182/2 68 671 DG E .65 9 MH TAR 67.5 7. 6 175 7 1 5 5.5 66.5 66.5 67 67 K PRB23

GD42/686 L 68 EIN DRA

5 KEN 167.5 . STEIN PRB22 66 5 THE FARM 172.98

8 6

6 5 . 6 THE FARM

dirt road 5 .5 7 68 166 58 No. 984 7 S THE FARM EENZAAMHEID T 1632/1 8 THE FARM No. 996 E No. 1674 6 L No. 895 L 9.5 69 E 1674/15

6 68 16

7 5 N . .

.5 5 d 6 6 7

68 a 6 o B r 5 REM. 895/3 . t 9 r O i 6

d

9 S

6

d d

a a

o o C

r

THE FARM No. 1674 r

t t

r r

i

i H d 1674/4 d

r a REFERENCE MARKS t ld 70 8 o 1 6 WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM THE FARM No. 998 POINT CURVE SETTING OUT DATA 5 .

8 6 g REM. 998 n No. Y X li Z l 9 e 6

w 6 8

d

9 WGS 84/Lo 19º SYSTEM +0.000 +0 000 000.000 +0.000 6

70.5 POINT 8.5

5ST1 2 487.710 3 748 016.32 166.370 6 No. Y X

PRB23 2 275.019 3 748 299.973 172.980 .5 +0.000 +0 000 000.000 9 6 PRB24 2 080.892 3 748 493.396 174.590 END 2 020.259 3 748 577.801 PLAN LAYOUT 71 PRB25 2 023.595 3 748 599.206 174.881 1:1000

0 7 5

1 . 9 d d

a a 6

o o

r r

t t

r r

i i

d d DRAINAGE RD CL INCREASING DISTANCE

ION T NUMBER FLOW DIREC AND SIZE 1/ 2285 x 2725 FLOW 225° INSITU CULVERT DIRECTION 90°

NUMBER 9/1 LEFT GUARDRAILS RIGHT LEFT KERBS RIGHT LEFT BARRIER LINES RIGHT LEFT SUBSURFACE DRAIN RIGHT LEFT SIDE DRAIN TYPE RIGHT LEFT CLIMBING LANES RIGHT

PAARL FRANSCHHOEK DESIGN SPEED 90 km/h

175

HOR 1:1000 SCALE VERT 1:100 170

165

0 m 50 m 100 m

1cm = 10m on A0 size PI=173,050 km 9,510

160 km 9,190 PI=170,700 km 9,390

VERTICAL CURVES L=120,0 PI=166,100 K=43,8 L=120,0 K=351,2 L=120,0 K=94,8 GRADES % - 0,44 % + 2,30 % + 1,96 % + 0,69 %

3,7m LEFT 72,341 72,648 72,913 73,136 73,317 73,460 73,599 73,737 69,016 69,475 69,923 70,360 70,786 71,201 71,604 71,992 66,261 66,356 66,542 66,819 67,187 67,636 68,096 68,556 66,864 66,776 66,688 66,600 66,511 66,423 66,335 66,258

ON CENTRELINE 72,415 72,722 72,987 73,210 73,391 73,534 73,673 73,811 69,090 69,549 69,997 70,434 70,860 71,275 71,678 72,066 66,335 66,430 66,616 66,893 67,261 67,710 68,170 68,630 66,938 66,850 66,762 66,674 66,585 66,497 66,409 66,332 LEVELS

3,7m RIGHT 72,341 72,648 72,913 73,136 73,317 73,460 73,599 73,737 69,016 69,475 69,923 70,360 70,786 71,201 71,604 71,992 66,261 66,356 66,542 66,819 67,187 67,636 68,096 68,556 66,864 66,776 66,688 66,600 66,511 66,423 66,335 66,258

GROUND LEVELS 72,850 73,001 73,110 73,405 73,568 73,762 71,659 71,975 72,258 72,605 68,265 68,727 69,109 69,547 69,755 70,473 70,969 71,237 66,576 66,917 67,315 67,774 66,220 66,058 65,837 65,747 66,799 66,548 66,489 66,501 66,247 66,269

KILOMETER DISTANCE 9,600 9,620 9,440 9,460 9,480 9,500 9,520 9,540 9,560 9,580 9,360 9,380 9,400 9,420 9,280 9,300 9,320 9,340 9,120 9,140 9,160 9,180 9,200 9,220 9,240 9,260 9,040 9,060 9,080 9,100 9,000 9,020

HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT

SCALE APPROVED APPROVED PRELIMINARY P.R.E.'s FILE No. No. DATE ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS DESIGNED BY: GJS CONS. ENG. PRE THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL AND UPGRADING OF MAIN ROAD 191 13/5/1/2/1-749.2 1:1000 ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES FOR INFORMATION ONLY ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL (km 0,0 to km 9,57) CHECKED BY: WJ CONSULTING ENGINEERS LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM CONTRACT No. WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING FOR APPROVAL C749.2 DATE DRAWN BY: EL LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTION FOR TENDER PURPOSES CONSULTANT'S PLAN No. WCPA INDEX No. P.O.Box 398 Tel:(021)912-3000 PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER BELVILLE 7535 Fax:(021)912-3222 CHECKED BY: WJ (km 9,0 to km 9,6) GD42/686 e-mail: [email protected] DATE FOR CONSTRUCTION 21097KP0/LS/10 BARRIER LINES BARRIER KERBS GUARDRAILS CLIMBING LANES CLIMBING TYPEDRAIN SIDE DRAIN SUBSURFACE

No. GD42/687 KILOMETER DISTANCEKILOMETER GROUND LEVELS Y GRADES % HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENTHORIZONTAL VERTICAL CURVES VERTICAL + 4 4 00 DIRECTION FLOW DATE REM. 832 REM. LEVELS FARM THE

No. 832 No. D3 DRAINAGE SCALE

INCREASING DISTANCE INCREASING D2 ON CENTRELINE ON 3,4m RIGHT 3,4m LEFT 3,4m

225° D RD C 1 90° 832/50

C

L L SW 0/1 O

HOR 1:1000 HOR S VERT 1:100 VERT

E

D F L DI O R W E C TION 832/RE ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS REM. 832/36 SW 0/2a No.832 REM. 832 THE FARM AND SIZE NUMBER NUMBER RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT LEFT

C

L 0 O

2 S 82 E

D 832/45 CONS. ENG. PAARL REM. 832/76 REM. APPROVED A0.1

832/60 P

832/84 I PE LI NE S ER VI 59° 49' 08"49' 59° T UD

832/59 E

PRE AR EA D 832/60 GM 1 03 81 /19 59 450 Ø PC Ø 450 DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: CHECKED BY:

1

0

0

C 3 89

L A0.2 3 O 90 3 91

S

E

CLOSED

E

X 9 B 5 I 2/ S . 83 C EM T R

1

I

N

G

R

O A0.3

A GJS EL GJS WJ

D HM-HS4 EXISTING 600 Ø PC EXISTING BCC 0,122 Y 128.44 +4

5 TANKS ROUND 6 70 0 I 128.24

450 Ø PC Ø 450 0 PI=127,500 P PRB1

km 0,130

E

C

C

1

L

O

S E

BELVILLE 7535BELVILLE 398 P.O.Box D 128.338 A0.4 5 27 PRDA e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: 832/61

ECC 0,166

2 0

e=2,0 % e=2,0 m R=200,0 0 THE FARM THE No. 832 No. 832/62 Fax:(021)912-3222 Tel:(021)912-3000

832/RE 832/77

(U/R)

X

+

3

7

500 x 300mm DEEP DRAIN DEEP 300mm x 500 3

REM. 832/59 REM. 9

8

0 0 DATE 832/63

CONSULTING ENGINEERS

3

0

0

X

+

3

7

3 832/64

9 127.797

C PRDB

6

L

72° 14' 43"14' 72° 0

O

0

S

E

D

A 1 MOVE SIGN

Y + 4 8

00

C L

SPECIAL CONCRETE SPECIAL

O

S

A

E

6 D

SIDE DRAIN SIDE

A

3

A

5

A 4

832/65 4

A0.5

0

0

A

8

A

A

9 7 A0.6

1

/

4 C

5

L A

0 O 1

m

S

0 E

m D

P

C A0.7

1/ 1200 x 900 x 1200 1/

A

C

1 L

EXISTING 1/ 1000 1000 1/ x 900 EXISTING

1

O

S

E D 832/66

832/78

5

0 0

832/67

C

L O

0 m 0 S

POINT E

SERVICE ROAD SETTING OUT COORDINATES D A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 SCALE 1:000 SCALE 4 834.198 3 739 738.182 4 810.073 3 739 732.024 4 795.926 3 739 727.458 4 795.112 3 739 729.981 4 794.307 3 739 732.507 4 769.456 3 739 714.994 4 777.471 3 739 721.160 4 776.630 3 739 721.701 4 776.329 3 739 722.655 4 756.854 3 739 716.509 4 737.496 3 739 711.450 DATE PROVINCIAL ROADS ENGINEER Y

WHATSOEVER CAUSE OR HOWEVER ARISING HOWEVER OR CAUSE WHATSOEVER PI=127,360 THIS APPROVAL IS FOR PROCEDURAL PROCEDURAL AND FOR IS APPROVAL THIS ONLY AND DOES NOT ATTRACT LEGAL ATTRACT NOT DOES AND ONLY ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW PURPOSES REVIEW ADMINISTRATIVE km 0,530 1cm = A010m on size LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FROM ANY OF LIABILITY APPROVED

KLAPMUTS C

50 m 50 L

X

O

S

NO SIDE DRAIN SIDE NO E D Y + 5 0 00 R=2.65m R=200m R=200m RADIUS

R=1m

6

0 0

9

.

0

0

6 100 m 100 LAYOUT PLAN AND LONGITUDINAL SECTIONPLAN AND LONGITUDINAL LAYOUT UPGRADING OF MAIN ROADUPGRADINGMAIN 191 OF 124 124 124 124 127 128 130 127 128 130 127 128 130 127 128 127 128 125 127 128 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 129 129 129 129 129 126 129 126 129 126 129 126 126 129 126 129 126 126 126 126 124 125 127 128 126 129 -15

FENCE

FENCE FENCE FENCE (km 0,0 to km 9,57)(km 0,0

-10 -10 -10 -10 -10 FENCE -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 FENCE -10 (SERVICE ROAD) (SERVICE FENCE STRING_WATER_EXIS FENCE FENCE FENCE STRING_WATER_EXIS FENCE

STRING_WATER_EXIS -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5

STRING_WATER_EXIS -3,400/129,332 -3,400/129,040 -3,400/128,747 -3,400/128,455 -3,400/128,163 -3,400/127,877 -3,400/127,641 -3,400/127,460 -3,400/127,334 -3,400/127,257 -3,400/127,187 -3,400/127,117 -3,400/127,047 -3,400/126,977 -3,400/126,907 km 0,000 km 0,020 km 0,040 km 0,060 km 0,080 km 0,100 km 0,120 km 0,140 km 0,160 km 0,180 km 0,200 km 0,220 km 0,240 km 0,260 km 0,280 STRING_WATER_EXIS 0,000/129,108 0,000/128,815 0,000/128,523 0,000/128,231 0,000/127,945 0,000/127,709 0,000/127,528 0,000/127,325 0,000/127,255 0,000/127,185 0,000/127,115 0,000/127,045 STRING_WATER_EXIS 0 0,000/129,400 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0,000/127,402 0 0 0 0 0 0 0,000/126,975 STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS

STRING_WATER_EXIS 3,400/129,468 3,400/129,176 3,400/128,883 3,400/128,591 3,400/128,299 3,400/128,013 3,400/127,777 3,400/127,596 3,400/127,470 3,400/127,393 3,400/127,323 3,400/127,253 3,400/127,183 3,400/127,113 3,400/127,043 STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 STRING_WATER_EXIS 5 5 5 5 5

STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS

STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW

10 10 10 10 10 10 STRING_WATER_NEW 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

STRING_WATER_NEW 10 STRING_WATER_NEW EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 FOR CONSTRUCTIONFOR PURPOSES TENDER FOR APPROVALFOR INFORMATION ONLYFOR PRELIMINARY EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS 128 127 128 129 130 127 128 129 130 127 128 129 130 127 128 129 126 127 128 129 125 126 127 128 129 126 127 128 129 124 125 126 127 128 129 124 125 126 127 128 129 124 125 126 127 128 129 124 125 126 127 128 129 124 125 126 127 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 128 124 124 124 124 124 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 127 128 125 125 127 128 125 127 128 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 127 128 124 125 127 128 126 125 127 128 126 124 124 FENCE FENCE FENCE FENCE FENCE FENCE FENCE FENCE FENCE FENCE -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10

STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS STRING_WATER_EXIS -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 CONSULTANT'S PLAN No.CONSULTANT'S STRING_WATER_EXIS 13/5/1/2/1-749.2 21097KP0/LS/11 STRING_WATER_EXIS P.R.E.'s FILE No.P.R.E.'s CONTRACT No.CONTRACT -3,400/126,837 -3,400/126,781 -3,400/126,753 -3,400/126,753 -3,400/126,781 -3,400/126,837 -3,400/126,907 -3,400/126,977 -3,400/127,047 -3,400/127,117 -3,400/127,184 -3,400/127,226 -3,400/127,240 -3,400/127,226 -3,400/127,188 -3,400/127,146 STRING_WATER_EXIS

C749.2 STRING_WATER_EXIS

km 0,300 STRING_WATER_EXIS km 0,320 km 0,340 km 0,360 km 0,380 km 0,400 km 0,420 km 0,440 km 0,460 km 0,480 km 0,500 km 0,520 km 0,540 km 0,560 km 0,580 km 0,600 0,000/126,849 0,000/126,849 0,000/126,905 0,000/127,115 0,000/127,185 0,000/127,252 0,000/127,294 0,000/127,308 0,000/127,294 0,000/127,256 0,000/127,214 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0,000/126,905 0,000/126,821 0,000/126,821 0 0,000/126,975 0,000/127,045

3,400/126,973 3,400/126,917 3,400/126,889 3,400/126,917 3,400/126,973 3,400/127,043 3,400/127,113 3,400/127,183 3,400/127,253 3,400/127,320 3,400/127,362 3,400/127,376 3,400/127,362 3,400/127,324 3,400/127,282 4,000/126,929 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

6,039/127,388 EDGE_RHS

WCPA STRUCTURES PLAN No. STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW STRING_WATER_NEW 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 WCPA INDEX No.WCPA GD42/687 AS SHOWN AS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS EDGE_RHS 125 126 127 128 124 125 126 127 128 124 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 128 129 124 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 128 124 125 126 127 128 124 125 126 127 128 124 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 125 126 127 128 125 126 127 128 128 SCALE 18 Annexure 2: Method Statement Example Template

METHOD STATEMENT (MS)

PROJECT: METHOD STATEMENT: NUMBER: DATE DRAFTED:

DATE REQUESTED BY ER: DATE SUBMITTED

DATE RESPONSE REQUIRED BY: DATE WORK START

REVIEW SCHEDULE DATE AUTHORITY COMMENTS

CONTRACTOR NOTE: METHOD STATEMENTS SHOULD ADDRESS THE FOLLOWING WHAT Brief description of the work to be undertaken HOW Detailed description of the process of work, methods and materials WHERE Description/sketch/map of locality of work (where applicable) WHEN Due commencement date and completion date estimate (day/night work) NB! Contractor to ensure method Statements are submitted at least 7 business days prior to work commencing on site. It is the Contractors responsibility to submit the required MS timeously to the ER.

APPROVALS ECO ER CONTRACTOR

Signature

Date

Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd.

Construction Activity & Location:

Materials & Equipment to be Used:

Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd.

Storage / Removal of materials, Waste & By-Product:

Additional Pages to be attached if required. (E.g. Site layout plans, diagrams, drawing, additional text)

Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd.

Annexure 3: Environmental Awareness Material Environmental Management during Construction. The why, what and how…

BUT WHY…

… should we care about the environment?

The environment provides us with everything we need to survive – food, water, fuel, air, etc. Human activity uses resources and has an impact on those resources. Managing our resource use and ensuring that our impact is minimised will ensure that these resources are not depleted.

The Constitution says that all people in South Africa have the right to a healthy environment. If you damage the environment, you are taking away that basic right of others as well as future generations – your children and grandchildren!

…environmental management if there is already conservation?

Historically, development and environmental conservation have been in conflict, because conservation was understood as the protection of resources, and development as the use, or exploitation of resources. The two competed for the same resources, but both are needed! Enter: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT.

Sustainable development is development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.

Sustainable development thus aims to improve the quality of human life while living within our ecological means = the wise use of resources !

…environmental management of construction?

South Africa’s effort to attain sustainable development is based on the concept of Integrated Environmental Management (IEM) . The purpose of IEM is to resolve or lessen any negative environmental impacts and to enhance positive aspects of development.

IEM is designed to ensure that the environmental consequences of development proposals are understood and adequately considered in the planning, implementation and management of all developments.

It is intended to guide, rather than impede the development process by providing a method of gathering, analysing and utilising information about the environmental impacts of development. IEM and other principles of Environmental Management are set out in the National Environmental Management Act (No. 107 of 1998) & National Environmental Management Amendment Act (No. 62 of 2008)

BUT WHAT…

…exactly is the ‘environment’? What if we’re not working near rivers or fynbos or leopard toad habitat?

The environment is not only the ‘conservation-worthy’ such as rare plants and endangered animals. The environment is everything around you! It is made up of living things (e.g. people, plants & animals) and non-living things (e.g. soil, water, buildings & cars). People and man-made things are also important parts of the environment.

Protection of the environment means that all living and non-living things are protected. During construction, Environmental Management Programmes (EMP’s) are implemented not only to protect fynbos or leopard toads but also to protect people (both on site and off), property (houses, cars, etc.) as well as natural resources such as water, air and soil.

…do Environmental Management Programmes (EMP’s) do? What does this mean for my contract?

EMPs are tools to facilitate environmental management during the construction phase of development projects and thereby avoid unnecessary impacts to the environment.

In the past, the functionality and efficiency of EMPs was hampered by resistance from contractors and engineers, the difficulties of costing for compliance and the lack of legal enforceability.

Now Environmental Management Programmes (EMP’s) are stipulated in the Environmental Authorisations (ROD) as a condition of the approval to go ahead with the development, in other words it is legally binding .

When you sign a contract do work on a project with an EMP, you are legally bound to comply with that EMP!

Methods of implementing EMPs are becoming more and more stringent and issues of enforceability are being addressed. Those individuals and companies that are familiar with compliance with EMPs will be at a competitive advantage!

…do EMPs consist of?

EMPs usually contain an environmental policy statement, organisational structure detailing the responsibilities and authorities involved in the project, procedures for communication and record-keeping and environmental specifications.

EMPs are adapted to the scale and sensitivity of the construction project. They can be thick documents detailing specifications for every eventuality specifically adapted to the project, or they can be short and brief documents setting out standard environmental procedures and controls. Sometimes EMPs include extensive penalty and incentive schemes.

A WORD ON METHOD STATEMENTS:

A method statement can be requested or proposed when an activity is either not included in the EMP at all, if the EMP specifications for an activity is not deemed adequate, if an activity is required that is not allowed by the EMP, etc. In other words, when the EMP does no give enough information to manage the environmental impact of a specific activity.

A method statement is defined as a written submission by the Contractor setting out the plant, materials, labour and method proposed to carry out an activity. Method statements must provide enough detail that the environmental impact of the activity can be assessed. Method statements must therefore be submitted well in advance of the activity (usually at least 5 days but sometimes more).

Method statements are therefore an extension of the EMP, are also legally binding and are intended to ensure that the environmental implications of an activity outside of the EMP can be addressed. Method statements usually require the approval by the engineer, the ECO/ESO/DEO, etc. before the activity can take place. If such an activity takes place without approval and result in environmental damage, the contractor is responsible for the cost of rehabilitation/clean-up/etc.

…is an ECO, ESO, DEO, etc.?

EMPs usually require the appointment of an ECO, ESO, DEO, etc. to oversee the implementation of and compliance with the EMP on behalf of the engineer or the contractor(s). Ultimate responsibility for compliance with the EMP lies with the contractor(s) and the engineer.

ESO = Environmental Site Officer – usually on site permanently or often. Can be independent consultant or from contractor/engineer.

ECO = Environmental Control Officer – usually visits site on a regular basis and audits compliance with the EMP. Usually independent consultant.

DEO = Designated Environmental Officer – usually on site permanently, usually member of contractor or engineer site staff.

Organisational structures and responsibilities differ from project to project and depend on environmental sensitivity of the project, scale of the project, etc. Increasingly nowadays, each party is required to appoint their own person responsible for environmental management on site, e.g. the engineer would have an ESO/ECO and the main contractor(s) would have an ESO/DEO etc.

It is therefore important to familiarise yourself with that part of the EMP that deals with organisation and responsibilities for each contract that you are involved in.

BUT HOW…

…do EMPs promote sustainable development?

They don’t!

It is the people on site that protect the environment. The EMP, like any other plan or policy, is not worth anything if there isn’t a commitment from those working on the project to compliance with the EMP.

…can I ensure my work comply with the EMP?

Environmental specifications in different EMPs can vary from vague to very detailed.

• Firstly, it is obviously important to know what those specifications are, vague or not, so READ THE DOCUMENT! Ignorance does not absolve you from your responsibility. A copy of the EMP must be kept at the site office at all times.

• It also helps to understand WHY those specifications are there – some things are obvious but others may not be. Some EMPs may have specifications that are not relevant. Don’t be afraid to question the EMP; it can only increase its efficiency!

• Know where the sensitive areas on site are – watercourses, wetland areas, residential areas, etc. – and be extra vigilant when working in these areas.

Mostly environmental management of construction activities and compliance with EMPs require only common sense and with good housekeeping the battle is half won!

The enclosed environmental handout sets out the standard environmental specifications DO’S AND DON’TS (1)

Workers & equipment must stay inside the site boundaries at all times. Nobody may enter areas marked as No-go areas.

Why? Construction activities, equipment and people cause damage and disturbance to the area surrounding the site. As small an area as possible will be affected if all workers and equipment stay within the site boundaries. This is especially important if there are people who live around the site or natural areas around the site which should not be disturbed.

Do not swim in or drink from streams. Do not throw oil, petrol, diesel, concrete or rubbish in streams. Do not work in the stream without direct instruction. Do not damage the banks or plants of streams.

Why? River water may be polluted which could make you sick. Oil, petrol, diesel, concrete or rubbish will kill plants and animals living in the water. They may also make people who may drink the water downstream sick. Rubbish in the stream also makes it look ugly. People and machinery working in the stream will damage it and kill plants and animals living in the stream. It may also cause erosion, which is expensive to repair. The plants on the edge of the stream bind the soil together and prevent soil from getting washed away. Soil washed into a stream may affect people using the water downstream (e.g. for irrigation).

Protect animals on the site. Ask your supervisor to remove animals found on site.

Why? Animals are an important part of the environment. All animals have a purpose, even snakes which catch mice and rats. Other important animals are owls, chameleons and frogs.

Do not damage or cut down any trees or plants without permission. Do not pick flowers.

Why? Some plants are rare and may take a long time to grow back, if at all. Plants in the “no go” areas should not be damaged. Some plants will die if their flowers are picked. Rare plants may be lost.

Put cigarette butts in a rubbish bin. Do not smoke near gas, paints or petrol. Do not light any fires without permission. Know the positions of fire fighting equipment. Report all fires. Do not burn rubbish/ vegetation without permission.

Why? Leaving a burning cigarette butt on the ground may lead to runaway fires which are dangerous to construction workers, people living around the site, equipment, houses, plants and animals. Smoking near flamable material is dangerous and may cause an explosion. Lighting a fire without permission may cause a runaway fire (see above). Reacting quickly to fires that break out will prevent them from spreading and causing damage.

DO’S AND DON’TS (2)

Work with petrol, oil & diesel only in designated areas. Report any petrol, oil & diesel leaks or spills. Use a drip tray under vehicles & machinery. Empty drip trays after rain & throw away were instructed.

Why? Designated areas should have measures to protect against petrol, oil & diesel spills. Oil, petrol and diesel can drip onto the soil and soak into it. Plants will not grow and animals will not live in dirty soil. It also looks ugly to people living around the area. Drip trays will prevent oil, petrol or diesel from soaking into the soil and killing plants and animals. If drip trays are not emptied they may overflow and pollute the surrounding soil. If oil, petrol or diesel are put into a stream, plants and animals living in the stream will be killed. They may also make people who may drink the water downstream sick. Ask your supervisor where drip tray water may be disposed of on site.

Try to avoid producing dust – wet dry ground and stockpiles.

Why? Dust can be irritating to people and can reduce production on site. It can cause problems such as eye irritations and coughs. It also reduces visibility on and around the site, which can be dangerous to drivers and pedestrians, and can cause damage to the surrounding environment. Soil should not be made too wet because that will cause safety problems and soil may be washed away.

Do not make loud noises around the site, especially near schools and homes. Report or repair noisy vehicles.

Why? Loud noises are irritating to workers and people living around the site. Loud noise can also be harmful to people (especially children) and affect their hearing. By keeping vehicles in good condition, loud noise can be prevented.

Use the toilets provided. Report full or leaking toilets.

Why? Sewage attracts flies and other irritating pests. If the site is near a river or stream, sewage makes the water smell and people who swim in it or use it to wash their clothes will get sick. It also causes plants to grow too much which blocks the river, which may cause flooding of houses and property. Regular emptying of toilets is hygienic and will also prevent overflows.

Make sure that you eat where there is a rubbish bin nearby. Never eat near a river or stream. Put packaging & leftover food into rubbish bins.

Why? Eating areas generate a lot of rubbish and litter (e.g. bottles and packets) which will pollute the site and surrounding areas. Therefore, eating must be done near bins which are placed in the eating. Rubbish in a stream looks ugly and can be harmful to people’s health. It may also kill the plants and animals living in the stream. Rubbish and food left lying around will attract pests (such as rats) which are dangerous to people and cause a health hazard. Also, rubbish left lying around is ugly and unpleasant to look at.

Do not litter–put all rubbish (especially cement bags) into the bins provided. Ask your supervisor for a bin if there is none. Bins must be provided. Report full bins to your supervisor. The responsible person should empty bins regularly.

Why? Litter is ugly. It is also dangerous and unhealthy to adults, children and animals walking around the area. Not putting the lid back on the bin will cause rubbish to be blown away. Regularly emptying bins will prevent litter and rubbish flying around the site.

Always keep to the speed limit. Drivers - check & report leaks. Ensure loads are secure & do not spill.

Why? Speeding is dangerous to people who live in the area, especially children. Speed kills! Faulty vehicles are dangerous to the driver, pedestrians and other motorists. Leaks can also pollute the ground and water and smoke from vehicles can cause health problems. This is a potential danger to other motorists. Also, do not overload vehicles.

Know all the emergency phone numbers .

Why? Prompt reaction to an accident, fire or spill will reduce the risk of serious damage to the environment and to workers.

If rules are broken: - Spot fines - Removal from site. - Construction may be stopped .

Why? Failure to adhere to the EMP may result in spot fines being issued to the company. It is then the Site Agent’s responsibility to collect these fines from guilty individuals and he may even deduct fines off your wages. The fines are meant to act as an incentive for workers to take the EMP seriously. A person may be removed from site if they continually disregard the specifications in the EMP. If the EMP is not adhered to, the local Environmental Authority may stop construction.

Report any breaks, floods, fires, leaks and injuries to your supervisor. Ask questions!

Thank you for your attention.

Annexure 4: Temporary Shutdown Checklist

SITE TEMPORARY SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST

In the event of a temporary site closure for any period of inactivity longer than 7 business days the Contractor is to notify the ECO. The Contractor / DEO shall check the site, ensuring that the following items are addressed and provide a brief written report on compliance to the ER and a copy sent to the ECO. This must be returned prior to the shutdown period commencing. It is the contractor’s responsibility to return the required documentation complete and on time.

COMPLETE ITEM TO BE ADDRESSED COMMENT (Yes/No) Fuels / flammables / hazardous materials store

1 Fuel stores are as low in volume as practicable.

2 There are no leaks (vehicles, contains, bunds etc.).

3 Fuel & hazardous materials stores and outlets are locked.

4 Bund areas are emptied fire extinguishers are serviced and accessible.

Emergency and management contact numbers are available and 5 displayed.

6 There are no stores or containers within the 1:50 year flood line.

Safety

Site safety checks have been carried out in accordance with the 7 Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993 prior to site closure.

8 All trenches and manholes are secured.

9 Security personal has been briefed and has the facilities to contact and be

© 2013 Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. 1 www.dougjeff.co.za

contacted by the relevant management and emergency personnel.

Night hazards such as reflectors, lighting, traffic signage, etc have been 10 checked and are in place where required.

11 Scaffolds and other structures vulnerable to high winds are secured.

Erosion

Dust mitigation measures as noted in the CEMP such as straw, binding agents, covering of stock piles or similar are in place. Sand and spoil stockpiles to be stabilised or covered with shade cloth. Please note only 12 non-potable water from a legal source may be used for dust damping. Please list dust abatment implemented or to be implemented prior to site closure.

Excavated slopes and stock piles are at stable angles and able to 13 accommodate normal expected flows.

Sand and other easily erodible materials are at the lowest volume 14 possible on site.

Water and pollution management

Toilets to be emptied and secured. Plumbed toilets are to have no water 15 leakages.

16 Refuse bins are to be emptied and secured.

17 Cement and materials store is secured.

Works areas and camp site areas are clean and tidy. Litter and waste has 18 been collected and removed from site.

© 2013 Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. 2 www.dougjeff.co.za

Plant remaining on site to have as little remaining fuel as possible and are 19 to be checked for leaks. Suitable drip trays are to be placed and secured under all remaining plant.

20 All other drip trays already in use are to be checked and emptied.

Key Personnel Contact Details For Emergencies & Complaints

Name: Contact No. Please provide details for at least three people that will be available at all

21 times throughout the shutdown period to address any complaints or deal

with any emergency situations that may arise. Name Contact No.

Name Contact No.

I the under signed confirm that I have read and under stood this document and that all the information provided above is true and correct.

Main Contractor: . Date: . Company Name

Contractors Authorised Representative: . Signature: . Name Signature

© 2013 Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. 3 www.dougjeff.co.za Annexure 5: Concise Curriculum Vitae of Author MARAIS GELDENHUYS mailto:[email protected]

072 569 3220 IAIAsa Membership Number: 5117

PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT

January 2017 till present

Company: Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Limited

Responsibilities: Environmental Basic Assessment Reports, Scoping and Environmental Impact Reports, Section 24 G Applications, NEMA Amendment Applications, Water Use License Applications, Air Emissions License Applications, Mapping & GIS.

Projects Completed:

‐ Drakenstein Crematorium BA application + Air Emissions License

‐ Erven 34 and 14435 Business Development BA application

‐ Acorn Creek Mix-use development Amendment

‐ Pringle Bay Single Residential Development WUL

‐ Wycombe Avenue Construction Environmental Management Plan

JUNIOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT

January 2015 – December 2016

Company: Geovicon Environmental (Pty) Limited

Responsibilities: Monthly environmental compliance & writing compliance reports (ECO related). Water monitoring & writing quarterly water quality monitoring reports. Managing and compiling Environmental Basic Assessment Reports, Scoping and Environmental Impact Reports, Water Use License Applications, Social Impact Assessments, Mapping & GIS.

Projects Completed:

‐ Azande Mining, Driehoek Prospecting Right Application

‐ A re shomeng, Strehla Prospecting Right Application ‐ Joel Stone and Project, Gemsbokspruit Mining Permit Application

‐ Big Coal, Speekfontein Prospecting Right Application

‐ Raubex Building, Kriel Extension 23 Housing Development NEMA + WUL application

‐ Iyanga Mining, Welgelegen Colliery NEMA S&EIR application.

‐ Vuna Mining, Naudesbank Prospecting Right BA application.

‐ Federale Stene, Rietfontein Clay Works NEMA S&EIR application

‐ Ibumba Bricks - Ibumba Brickworks NEMA S&EIR and WUL application

EDUCATION

 Tutored Masters: Environmental Management, University of Johannesburg (2011-2012)

 Honours in Geography, University of Johannesburg (2010)

 B.A. Geography, University of Johannesburg (2007-2009)

SHORT COURSES

 Masters Certificate: Social Impact Assessment and Public Participation, University of Johannesburg (80 hour Course, NQF level 8)

 Certificate of completion: Model Maker – Introduction Course

 Certificate of completion: Model Maker – DTM Intermediate Course

Annexure 6: Environmental Authorisation To be included once obtained. Annexure 7: River Maintenance Management Plan



 Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd

Head Office: Area Office: PO Box 44 PO Box 5336 Klapmuts Worcester 7625 6862

Telephone: 021 875 5272 Telephone: 083 2898727 Facsimile: 086 660 2635 Facsimile: 086 660 2635 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

THE PROPOSED UPGRADE OF MAIN ROAD 191 (R45), BETWEEN PAARL AND FRANSCHHOEK

MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PLAN

JUNE 2017

June 2017

Prepared for: Provincial Government Western Cape: Department of Transport and Public Works (Roads Infrastructure Branch).

Prepared by: Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants .

DJEC Ref: 2010/03

Director: D. J. Jeffery Reg. No. 99/009151/07 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

CONTENTS MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PLAN DOCUMENT INFORMATION ...... 5

GENERAL BACKGROUND INFORMATION ...... 6

1.1 GENERAL BACKGROUND ...... 7

1.2 SITE INFORMATION ...... 7 1.2.1 SITE LOCATION ...... 7

1.2.2 BIOPHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 8

1.2.3 DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES ...... 10

1.3 LEGISLATIVE BACKGROUND ...... 10 1.3.1 AUTHORITIES ...... 10

1.3.2 APPLICABLE LEGISLATION ...... 11

1.4 LEGAL STATUS ...... 11

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PERSONNEL ...... 11 1.5.1 APPLICANT ...... 11

1.5.2 APPLICANT REPRESENTATIVE ...... Error! Bookmark not defined.

1.5.3 LEAD AUTHORITY ...... 12

1.5.4 OTHER AUTHORITIES ...... 13 1.6 AUDITING ...... 13

1.7 REVIEW OF THE MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 13

1.8 RECORD KEEPING ...... 13 1.9 NON-COMPLIANCE ...... 14 1.10 FUNDING ...... 14

MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 15

2.1 GENERAL PRINCIPALS THAT MUST BE IMPLEMENTED WHEN UNDERTAKING MAINTENANCE WITHIN A WATER COURSE ...... 16

2.2 MANAGEMENT GOALS ...... 16

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 1 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

GLOSSARY:

DEFINITIONS, ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS:

Alien vegetation All undesirable vegetation, defined as but not limited to, all declared category 1 and category 2 plants in terms of the Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act (43 of 1983) (CARA) amended regulations 15 and 16 as promulgated in March 2001. Alternatives Different mechanisms for achieving the general purpose and need of the proposed activity or development. Alternatives may be in terms of location, activity, processes, timing, or “do nothing” (i.e. “no-go”). Assessment The evaluation, judgement, organising, rating, interpreting and communicating information which is relevant. Biota The animal and plant life of a particular region, habitat or ecosystem. Construction activity Any action taken by the Contractor, his subcontractors, suppliers or personnel in undertaking the construction work, otherwise referred to as “Works” Construction area(s) All areas used by the Contractor in order to carry out the required construction activities. This includes all offices, accommodation facilities, testing facilities / laboratories, batching areas, storage & stockpiling areas, workshops, spoiling areas, access roads, traffic accommodation (e.g. bypasses), etc. Applicant/Employer The person applying for Environmental Authorisation or carrying out the activity. The person or legal entity that has made application to the competent authority for environmental authorizations and who will have the overall responsibility to adhere to the relevant legislation and comply with the environmental authorization. Ecosystem A biological community of interacting organisms (plants and animals) and their physical environment. Endangered species A species of plant or animal which has been categorised by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red Data List as likely to become extinct. Endemic A plant or animal species that is native or restricted to a certain area or range. Environment The surroundings within which humans exist and that are made up of -

 land, water and atmosphere;

 micro-organisms, plant and animal life;

 any part or combination of the above and the interrelationships among and between them;

 the physical, chemical, aesthetic and cultural properties and conditions of the foregoing that influence human health and well-being. Environmental Authorisation The permission required from the competent authority for an activity as listed according to the NEMA regulations. Environmental Impact Any change to the environment, whether desirable or undesirable, that would result directly or indirectly from any construction activity.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 2 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

Environmental Management Ensuring that environmental concerns are included in all stages of development in order to ensure that the proposed activity or development is done in a sustainable manner and does not exceed the carrying capacity of the surrounding local environment. Hazardous material / substances Any waste that contains organic or inorganic elements or compounds, that may, owing to its inherent physical, chemical or toxicological characteristics, have a detrimental impact on health and the environment. Indigenous A “native” species of plant or animal that occurs naturally in a particular place or region, and was not artificially or intentionally introduced. Local Authority Otherwise referred to as the “Council” – the local municipal authority that operates or is responsible in said area. Rehabilitation Return an impacted area to its original condition Remediation Improve the effect of an environmental impact that cannot be returned to its original condition. Significant impact An impact that may, but its magnitude, duration, intensity, or probability, have a notable effect on one or more aspects of the environment. Vegetation rehabilitation The re-establishment of locally indigenous vegetation with a similar species composition to that which naturally occurs in the area.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 3 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

ABBREVIATIONS BA Basic Assessment BAR Basic Assessment Report DEA&DP Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning DEA Department of Environmental Affairs DW&S Department of Water & Sanitation EA Environmental Authorisation ECO Environmental Control Officer EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIR Environmental Impact Report EMP Environmental Management Programme EO Environmental Officer GA General Authorisation in terms of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act 36 of 1998), as amended HWC Heritage Western Cape I&AP Interested and Affected Party LUPO Land Use Planning Ordinance MS Method Statement MMP Maintenance Management Plan MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet NEMA National Environmental Management Act (Act No. 107 of 1998) as amended NHRA National Heritage Resources Act (Act No. 25 of 1998) PPC&E Personal Protective Clothing and Equipment RDB Red Data Book WUL Water Use Licence, in terms of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act 36 of 1998), as amended

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 4 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PLAN DOCUMENT INFORMATION

This Maintenance Management Plan (MMP) provides an operational framework with regards to the ongoing maintenance/repair of the Main Road 191 stormwater outlet structures, maintenance and rehabilitation of the Van Wyks River at the bridge crossing, and rehabilitation of any affected wetlands adjacent to the road. The purposes of this MMP is to allow for expected maintenance and upkeep to be approved upfront without the need to undertake a basic assessment process each time general maintenance is required to be undertaken. In terms of the NEMA EIA Regulations, 2014 (as amended) the proposed repair works may trigger the Listed Activity Number 19 of Governmental Notice No 983 which pertains to activities within a watercourse. Considering that the listed activity is for the purpose of maintenance activities related to infrastructure on, in or over the water course, The Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning (DEA&DP) require a Maintenance Management Plan to address these activities. Furthermore, the construction of these structures is considered a water use in terms of section 21 (c) and (i) of the NWA (Act 36 of 1998) and thus requires registration with the Department of Water and Sanitation (DW&S). This Maintenance Management Plan is being submitted as an annexure to the EMPr which in turn is being submitted in partial fulfilment of the required Basic Assessment Process being undertaken to obtain an Environmental Authorisation issued by the Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning. During the basic assessment process DW&S is also afforded the opportunity to comment of the EMP and as such this MMP annexed to the EMPr. Environmental Authorisation is required to be obtained from the competent authority for activities as detailed and specified under the National Environmental Management Act (Act 107 of 1998), as amended, and Government Notices 983 and 985. NEMA is a national act, which is enforced by the Department of Environmental Affairs (DEA). In the Western Cape, these powers are delegated to DEA&DP. Should DEA&DP issue a favourable Environmental Authorisation for the proposed activities and accepts the EMP of which this document forms part; this will confer a legal obligation to comply with the specifications of the EMPr, MMP, EA and Water use Licence (or condition of the GA) on the Applicant. This MMP includes all relevant documentation contained or referred to within it, along with any amendments or appendices to this document. DEA&DP and DW&S must approve any changes to the MMP. It is then the responsibility of the Applicant to bind any and all contractors undertaking work on these sites, to the specifications in this MMP, as well as appendices and any amendments thereto. This Maintenance Management Plan comprises of two main sections and appendices: Section 1 – General Information & Background This section provides the relevant background to the estate. This insures that an overall understanding of the site and the activities required is achieved for all relevant parties. Section 2 – Maintenance Management Plan This section details the environmental requirements for the outlet structure and wetlands in the long term, listing the maintenance guidelines to be used during the operational or functional phase. Appendices The appendices attached to this Maintenance Management Plan are referred to in the Sections 1 and 2 of this document. Both Sections must be read in conjunction with the appendices.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 5 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

SECTION 1

GENERAL BACKGROUND INFORMATION

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 6 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

1.1 GENERAL BACKGROUND

Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants has been appointed as the independent Environmental Assessment Practitioner (EAP) responsible for facilitating the legally required environmental Basic Assessment (BA) process for the proposed upgrade of Main Road 191 (MR191), between Paarl and Franschhoek. The Applicant is the Provincial Government Western Cape: Department of Transport and Public Works (Roads Infrastructure Branch) who will undertake the activity should it be approved. The existing Main Road 191 (MR191) starts at the intersection with Old Paarl Road (MR189) and continues past Simondium in a south easterly direction through Franschhoek towards Villiersdorp. This proposal involves the upgrading of the MR191 between km 0,0 at the intersection with Old Paarl Road and continues past Simondium in a south easterly direction up to km 9,57 near the intersection with Helshoogte Road (MR 172). The study area is located within the Cape Winelands District Municipality (CWDM) of the Western Cape Province. The CWDM covers an area of 22 289 km2 and coincides roughly with the boundaries of the geographical area commonly referred to as the Boland. The section of the MR191 earmarked for up-grading is located within the Drakenstein Local Municipality. The portion of the road under assessment traverses seven streams, all of which are tributaries of the Berg River, with the general topography of the area being described as flat with gentle gradients and horizontal curvature. The existing pavement structure comprises mostly of a natural gravel subbase and natural gravel basecourse with a conventional chip and spray bituminous surfacing. Furthermore, the existing road has two lanes with surfaced width of 6,8 metres with a cross section of 2 x 3.4 metres lanes and un-surfaced gravel shoulders, for the most part. The road is to be upgraded to a Class 1 cross-section and a climbing lane is to be implemented from km 1,0 to km 1,4. Furthermore, the preferred alternative involves the construction of a new double lane road over rail bridge to acceptable geometric standards on the eastern side of the existing historic bridge to accommodate both North/Southbound traffic. The existing historical bridge, which is of heritage significance (circa. 1860) will remain. Access will be allowed from the ‘discarded’ section of the MR 191 directly onto the proposed Service Road parallel to MR 189.

1.2 SITE INFORMATION

1.2.1 SITE LOCATION The site is MR 191 (km 0.0 to km 9.57) between Paarl and Franschhoek. The site starts from the intersection of MR191 and R101, south of Paarl, runs through Simondium and ends before the intersection of MR191 and Helshoogte Road. See Figure 1. The site is mostly surrounded by agriculture. The co-ordinates for the start and end point of the proposed upgrade are: S 33° 57’ 02.44” E 18° 48’ 33.39” and S 34° 02’ 21.55” E 18° 43’ 25.25”.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 7 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

Figure 1: Aerial view of the site. The section of MR191 that will be upgraded is depicted by the red dashed line and is referred to as “the site”.

1.2.2 BIOPHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT There are no sensitive biodiversity features present on site as the site is an established tarred road. The site would historically have contained Boland Granite Fynbos (endangered), Swartland Alluvium Fynbos (critically endangered), and Swartland Shale Renosterveld (critically endangered) vegetation. Currently, very few remnants of these vegetation types persist, and the surrounding land-use is agriculture, predominantly viticulture. The section of the MR191 lies to the west of the Berg River as it flows northwards from its confluence with the Dwars River to the N1 and on to Paarl. The road traverses seven streams, all of which are tributaries of the Berg River in catchment G10C. Three of these are named: the Werda River originates on the slopes of Simonsberg, and flows under the MR191 just north of the intersection with the Helshoogte Road, the Groot River also flows off the slopes of Simonsberg and flows under the MR191 at Simondium, and the Van Wyks River originates in the low hills around the N1, flowing under the MR191 just before it joins the R101. See Figure 2 for the crossing of the streams and Figure 3 for the crossing of the Van Wyks River. Many of the streams have been highly modified as a result of the construction of the R45 and the railway line, the direct drainage of agricultural runoff from cultivated fields into the streams, channelisation (i.e. the process of shaping the bed and banks of a river into a straighter channel with concentrated flow and little riparian vegetation) and dumping of building rubble and litter. Water quality appears generally poor, based on visual observation of turbidity, odour, and the presence of benthic algae, a good indicator of nutrient enrichment (such as occurs from the discharge of nutrient-rich agricultural runoff). In many places along the road route, there are patches of wetland that lie between the road and the railway line. It is difficult to determine whether these are natural wetlands, or whether they have been formed as a result of restricted drainage between the road and the railway line, on an underlying geology

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 8 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191 that is less permeable, such as clay. These are seasonal wetlands, dominated by Pennisetum macrourum and Cliffortia sp., typed as “flats” according to the National Wetland Classification System (SANBI, 2009). At the time of the field visit in August 2011, there was clear standing water in these wetlands, with little or no benthic algae.

Figure 2: Overview of the MR 191 road to be upgraded between the Dwars River and the R101 South of Paarl, showing the 7 rivers crossed by the road.

Figure 3: Location of the bridge and road for Alternative 3, in relation to the seasonal wetland on erf 832 and the Van Wyks River © Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 9 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

1.2.3 DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES The section of MR 191 under consideration to be upgraded starts at km 0,0 at the intersection with the Old Paarl Road (MR 189) and continues pass Simondium in a south-easterly direction up to km 9,57 near the intersection with Helshoogte Road (MR 172). The road is to be upgraded to a Class 1 cross-section and a climbing lane is to be implemented from km 1,0 to km 1,4. Furthermore, the preferred alternative involves the construction of a new double lane road over rail bridge to acceptable geometric standards on the eastern side of the existing historic bridge to accommodate both North/Southbound traffic. Please refer to Annexure 1 of the EMPr for the layout plans.

Figure 3: Realigned portion of the MR191 showing a bridge over the Van Wyks River & the Railway Line (Annexure 1 of the EMPr).

1.3 LEGISLATIVE BACKGROUND

1.3.1 AUTHORITIES In this regard, the following should be considered:

Authority Role or Function

Department of Environmental The National Environmental Management (107 of 1998), as Affairs and Development amended, is a national act, which is enforced by the Department of Planning (DEA&DP) Environmental Affairs (DEA). In the Western Cape, these powers are delegated to the Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning (DEA&DP). In terms of the Maintenance Management Plan the DEA&DP is the authority that must approve changes to the Maintenance Management Plan, approve audit reports, monitor and ensure compliance of the HOA with the requirements of the Maintenance Management Plan.

Department of Water and The National Water Act (36 of 1998), as amended, is a national act, Sanitation (DW&S) which is enforced by the Department of Water and Sanitation. The DW&S is responsible for the registration of any water uses, the approval of audits, and monitoring and ensuring compliance of the HOA with the requirements of any authorisation or licences pertaining to the Estate.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 10 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

1.3.2 APPLICABLE LEGISLATION In terms of the Basic Assessment Process, a Maintenance Management Plan is required to address the ongoing maintenance/repair of the MR 191 stormwater outlet structures, maintenance and rehabilitation of the Van Wyks River, and any affected wetlands adjacent to the road, in order to ensure that the proposed development has the least possible negative impact on the environment. The following is a list of new and current legislation that may have relevance for the MR 191 upgrade that must be considered by the applicant.

Legislation Comment

National Environmental This legislation addresses activities and developments that Management Act (62 of 2008) require environmental authorisation. This may impact on any future changes, expansions or alterations of the estate.

National Environmental Addresses all aspects regarding waste, including the sorting, Management Waste Act (59 of disposal, recycling, storage and generation of waste. 2008)

National Environmental Its objective it to provide for the management and Management Biodiversity Act (10 of conservation of the country’s biodiversity. 2004)

National Heritage Resources Act (25 Addresses the conservation and protection of historical and of 1999) culturally historic resources.

National Water Act (36 of 1998) Provides the legal framework for effective and sustainable management of our water resources.

Veld and Forest Fire Act (101 of Addresses land owners responsibilities, protection of 1998) property, planning and other matters related to veld.

Conservation of Agricultural Among other aspects, this addresses the listing and control Resources Act (43 of 1983) of invasive alien species.

Land Use Planning Ordinance of the Addresses various land use matters, town planning issues Cape Province (15 of 1985) and property zoning.

Occupational Health and Safety Act Self explanatory. (85 of 1993)

Local Municipal By-Laws Self explanatory.

1.4 LEGAL STATUS

This Maintenance Management Plan has been compiled to fulfil a condition of approval by DEA&DP. This confers a legal obligation by the Applicant to comply with the specifications of the Maintenance Management Plan. This includes all relevant documentation contained herein, or referred to, along with any amendments or appendices to this document.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PERSONNEL

1.5.1 APPLICANT The implementation of the Maintenance Management Plan is the responsibility of the Applicant.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 11 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

1.5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL OFFICER The ECO shall conduct, at a frequency determined by the DEA&DP and stipulated in the RMMP, independent environmental audits. The audits are to verify the project’s compliance with the RMMP and conditions as set out by the DEA&DP.

The ECO must compile, for the approval by the DEA&DP, an audit checklist based on the contents of the RMMP. The ECO shall at the request of the DEA&DP forward audit reports to the Department at a frequency determined by the DEA&DP which shall be stipulated in their authorisation.

The ECO’s duties consist of the following:

 Where required, provide assistance in terms of the Notice of commencement to DEA&DP.

 Conduct, at a frequency determined by the DEA&DP and stipulated in the RMMP, independent environmental audits.

 Monitoring and verifying as far as possible adherence to the RMMP and the environmental authorisation.

 Monitoring and verifying that environmental mitigation measures are in place where necessary to facilitate keeping environmental impacts to a minimum.

 Reporting to the any relevant observations made during audits to DEA&DP.

 The ECO will report all noted/observed non-compliances with the RMMP, EMPr and EA to the applicant and DEA&DP.

 Where necessary, recommending additions and/or changes to the RMMP to the directorate.

1.5.3 LEAD AUTHORITY The Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning in the Western Cape will need to review the Maintenance Management Plan (this document, or any amendments thereof). Based on the review, the authority will either (1) approve the MMP (with or without conditions), (2) return the MMP for further improvement and resubmission, giving guidance on what needs to be revised or added, or (3) reject the MMP, giving reasons. Once the Maintenance Management Plan has been approved the lead authority may have the following role to play:

 Review monitoring and audit reports, if required.

 Review whether there is compliance with the terms of the MMP. Whenever necessary, the authorities should assist the Applicant/Employer and relevant personnel in understanding and meeting the specified requirements.

 Provide support to the ECO.

 Enforcing compliance by the applicant.

 The authorities may perform random controls to check compliance. In case of persistent non- compliance, the Applicant will be required to provide an action plan with corrective measures and have it approved by the authorities.

 As and when required review monitoring records.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 12 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

1.5.4 OTHER AUTHORITIES The Department of Water and Sanitation will be the authority for all activities pertaining to the registered water uses on site. Any conditions of the water use licence (or general authorisation, if applicable) will need to be adhered to by the Applicant, and DW&S is responsible for undertaking any compliance inspections that they see fit, reviewing and monitoring the audit reports, if required, and assisting with any corrective measures that may need to be applied.

1.6 AUDITING

Should any audits be required, these are to be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced environmental consultant. All audit reports will detail the progress, problems and issues arising from the management of the stormwater system, as well as recommendations for improved environmental management. This is to identify any problem or potential problems with the environmental management procedures, to establish additional issues requiring attention and amendments required to the terms and conditions of the Maintenance Management Plan. If requested the report is to be submitted to DEA&DP. All reports must be maintained on file.

1.7 REVIEW OF THE MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PLAN

The MMP is to be reviewed by an independent environmental consultant, if required by the authorities. The auditor conducting the audit is to highlight issues to be addressed in the MMP, or changes required, during the annual audit. These points are to be considered during the review of the process. Recommended changes and amendments to the MMP must be forwarded to DEA&DP for their approval and incorporation into the MMP. This will allow additional issues that had not yet surfaced at the time of compilation of this version of the MMP to be addressed in the future. The review should address, but not be limited to, the following:

 Changes in legislation that may be relevant to the ongoing management of the site.

 Unexpected impacts of the development or management activities.

 Impacts of the development or management activities of greater intensity, extent and significance than predicted.

 Inadequate mitigation measures that were originally proposed.

 Secondary impacts that may have resulted from mitigation measures that have been implemented.

 Commissioning, decommissioning, or expansion of certain aspects of the estate.

1.8 RECORD KEEPING

Records must be kept of the following:

 Routine implementation and maintenance schedules, budgets and costs.

 Monitoring reports.

 Records, data logs and any fixed-point photo archives.

 Complaints received and responses made.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 13 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

 Training needs analyses.

 Minutes of meetings.

 ECO reports, Audit reports and reviews of the Maintenance Management Plan.

 Changes to the Maintenance Management Plan. Records must be kept with all the documentation of the Applicant. These must be made available for review on request, based on adequate motivation. Copies of audit reports and reviews, as well as changes to the Maintenance Management Plan, must be forwarded timeously to the relevant authorities.

1.9 NON-COMPLIANCE

Allegations of non-compliance by members of the public, stakeholders, and authorities must be reported to the applicant for investigation. All such allegations must be recorded in written format, together with the findings of the investigation. These records must be stored for consideration during the audit process. All acts of non-compliance must be reported to the Applicant. The action to remediate acts of non- compliance must be identified by the Applicant in consultation with a suitable specialist (if required) and a cost attached to this. The individual responsible for the act of non-compliance must be financially responsible for the remediation of any damage to the environment. The instruction to rehabilitate or remediate must come from the Applicant.

1.10 FUNDING

The funding for the annual audit of compliance with the Maintenance Management Plan and the review of the Maintenance Management Plan, as well as the appointment of any specialists, is the responsibility of the Applicant.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 14 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

SECTION 2

MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PLAN

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 15 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

2.1 GENERAL PRINCIPALS THAT MUST BE IMPLEMENTED WHEN UNDERTAKING MAINTENANCE WITHIN A WATER COURSE

 All conditions in the EA, as well as the licences issued from DW&S or GAs must be adhered to.  Maintenance activities must be planned for the time when the water course is most likely to be at its lowest flow or dry i.e. the dry season.  The intervention activity must not cause a detrimental impact on the characteristics of the watercourse.  The intervention activity must not have a detrimental impact on another person’s lawful water use, land or public safety.  The spatial extent of disturbance resulting from interventions must be minimised as far as possible.  The frequency/requirement for maintenance activities must be minimised.  The intervention activity must not cause a detrimental impact on the breeding, feeding or movement of aquatic or riparian biota. No detrimental change to the condition of aquatic biota or the diversity or the composition of biotopes and biotic communities should occur.  Manual labour should be utilised as far as practicably possible, rather than to use mechanical equipment in order to minimise physical disturbance around the activity location within the water course.  The detrimental impact on the structural integrity (physical structure, stability, erosion and sedimentation) of the watercourse should be minimised as far as is possible.  The intervention activity must not cause a detrimental impact to the quantity, velocity, pattern, timing, water level and assurance of flow in the watercourse.  As far as possible minimise alterations to flow and sediment-capacity of the water course.  The intervention activity must not cause a detrimental impact to the water quality characteristics.  The establishment of new, hard structures such as canalisation, concrete retaining walls or large scale gabion structures and similar will not be covered under this MMP and will most likely require additional approvals.  Repaired infrastructure must occupy the same foot print before and after repairs in order to be considered as included under the approval of this MMP.

 Remove any waste material resulting from the activity immediately from the water course.

 Clear invasive alien plants to encourage regrowth of indigenous species. The Working for Water program methodologies must be applied (http://www.dwaf.gov.za/wfw/Control/).

2.2 MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT GOALS

The maintenance and upkeep of water supply infrastructure on the Boschendal Village has been divided up into a number of components, each detailing a specific set of goals and objectives which are set out to meet certain targets. It also describes the various management activities that can achieve these objectives, together with the monitoring and target criteria (refer to the table below).

Explanation of the components

The key environmental goals are set for the operational management of GOALS the water supply infrastructure.

RISKS The risks associated with not managing to achieve this goal.

OBJECTIVES Objectives that are set to meet the key goals.

The measures needed to achieve the objectives, detailing aspects such as MANAGEMENT ACTIONS responsibility, methods, frequency, resources required and prioritization.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 16 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

The strategic monitoring actions required to check whether the objectives MONITORING are being achieved, taking into consideration responsibility, frequency, methods and reporting.

The criteria or targets that indicate the effectiveness of the Maintenance Management Plan. The targets should be measurable, understandable to CRITERIA AND/OR TARGETS the layperson, cost-effective to monitor, and must meet legal requirements.

Actions to be undertaken if the targets are not being met, or if there is a REMEDIAL ACTIONS "catastrophic" event.

The following have been set as Management Goals to ensure responsible and environmentally sustainable long-term management of the site: GOAL 1: Maintenance of the stormwater channel outlet structure To ensure that the stormwater outlet structure is maintained in good order. GOAL 2: Management and upkeep of the wetlands To ensure that all wetlands adjacent to upgradedroad are maintained in an ecologically healthy state. GOAL 3: Maintenance of bridge crossing van Wyks River To ensure that any maintenance required on the bridge crossing van Wyks River is done with the least amount of disturbance to the environment. GOAL 4: Maintenance of culverts at stream crossings To ensure that culverts at stream crossings are functional, without blockages, allowing for free flowing of water, and to restrict any erosion at the inflow and outflow of the culverts.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 17 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

GOAL 1 MAINTENANCE OF THE STORMWATER CHANNEL OUTLET STRUCTURE

OBJECTIVE

TO ENSURE THAT THE STORMWATER CHANNEL OUTLET STRUCTURE IS MAINTAINED IN GOOD ORDER

RISKS

 Siltation or erosion of the streams where the Mr 191 cross, caused by excessive stormwater flows.  Damage to the stormwater outlet structure as a result of flood events.  Blockage of the stormwater outlet as a result of silt deposition.

ACTION

 Works are only to be conducted during the dry (summer season) when the river is at its lowest flow.

 The area of works (disturbance) must be limited to the area required to carry out the intervention required. This must be clearly demarcated.

 If a litter trap is to be placed at the outlet structure, this must be periodically cleared of debris. The litter trap must also be repaired or replaced if required.

 Any areas of disturbance created as a result of intervention activities must be rehabilitated.

Erosion

 Any signs of erosion around stormwater channel outlet structures must be backfilled, compacted with clean soil and re-vegetated with suitable indigenous vegetation as soon as this is noted.

 No hard engineering will be considered as a suitable approach to address erosion in terms of this MMP. Only if necessary and only in the affected area, a biodegradable (untreated) log and peg system can be used to stabilise an eroded area.

Silt

 Any excessive silt in stream channels must be removed.

 As far as possible silt should be removed manually (by hand).

 Silt removed from streams must be taken immediately from the site and is to be safely disposed of. Silt may not be used to fill in any wetland areas.

Structure Repair

 If any repairs to the outlet structure are required, these are to be conducted during the low-flow season, to minimise the possibility of contamination or pollution of the river, as well as in accordance with the principles described in the Environmental Management Programme.

 In the event that the stormwater outlet structure is damaged it may be repaired. The structure may not be moved from its original foot print or increased in size.

 The relevant construction related principals in the approved EMP must be implemented when the structure is repaired.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 18 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

MONITORING

General Monitoring  The outlet structures must be inspected after the high-flow months (i.e. winter).  If a litter trap is placed in the outlet structure, this must be inspected on a monthly basis. Monitoring of Maintenance Intervention Activities  The Applicant will carry out a site inspection during and at the completion of the raining season following completion of activities.  Due to the nature of the activity it is envisaged that one operational environmental audit will be undertaken after the first full year of operation in order to assess the efficacy of the maintenance and management activities that have been undertaken. Thereafter, an operational environmental audit will be undertaken once every two years for four years (2 additional audits). All costs for the audit will be for the Applicants account.  The Cape Winelands Regional Road Maintenance Office will conduct maintenance on stormwater outlets, culverts, silt traps and litter traps on behalf of the Department of Transport and Public Works.

TARGETS / CRITERIA

 A well-functioning stormwater outflow system.  Maintenance interventions that result in minimal disturbance to the river

REMEDIAL ACTION

 Increase the frequency of monitoring.

 Specialist advice (botanist, freshwater specialist, or civil engineer) may be sought as necessary.

 Consultation with DEA&DP and DW&S

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 19 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

GOAL 2 MAINTENANCE AND UPKEEP OF WETLANDS

OBJECTIVE

TO ENSURE THAT ALL WETLANDS ADJACENT TO THE ROAD UPGRADE ARE MAINTAINED IN AN ECOLOGICALLY HEALTHY STATE

RISKS

 The wetlands located between the road and the railway developed due to restricted drainage as a result of the construction of the road and railway line. These wetlands fulfil the role of stormwater attenuation, any impact on them can affect the stormwater control in the area.

ACTION

 Any maintenance activities conducted in the wetlands should take place during the summer, when levels and flow rates are low.

 Any aquatic invasive species must be prevented from growing in these areas. All removal must be done by hand. Under no circumstances may herbicides be used in or around the wetlands.

 Any silt traps in the stormwater system must be cleared as required.

 Litter traps must be regularly cleared of accumulated debris.

MONITORING

 The Applicant will carry out a site inspection during and at the completion of the raining season following completion of activities.  Due to the nature of the activity it is envisaged that one operational environmental audit will be undertaken after the first full year of operation in order to assess the efficacy of the maintenance and management activities that have been undertaken. Thereafter, an operational environmental audit will be undertaken once every two years for four years (2 additional audits). All costs for the audit will be for the Applicants account.  The Cape Winelands Regional Road Maintenance Office will conduct maintenance on stormwater outlets, culverts, silt traps and litter traps on behalf of the Department of Transport and Public Works.

TARGETS / CRITERIA

 The wetlands contribute to the attenuation of stormwater.

REMEDIAL ACTION

 Specialist advice should be sought as required.

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 20 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

GOAL 3 MAINTENANCE OF BRIDGE CROSSING VAN WYKS RIVER

OBJECTIVE

TO ENSURE THAT ANY MAINTENANCE REQUIRED ON THE BRIDGE CROSSING VAN WYKS RIVER IS DONE WITH THE LEAST AMOUNT OF DISTURBANCE TO THE ENVIRONMENT

RISKS

 Infrastructure falling into a state of disrepair.  Flow disruption  Bank erosion  Siltation

ACTION

 Revegetated banks should be monitored during audits to determine effectiveness of rehabilitation. Areas where vegetation reestablishment was not successful should be revisited and if the situation cannot be controlled by revegetation the responsible party should consider using gabions to protect the banks.

 During flood periods debris can collect at the bridge crossing disrupting the water flow. Debris should be cleared as part of maintenance efforts..

 Any maintenance or rehabilitation activities in the aquatic areas should take place in the dry season, during low-flow periods.

 Any infilling must be done with river rocks, and not with rubble of any sort.

 The use of large machinery or plant for repair works in any watercourse is prohibited.

 The relevant construction related principals in the approved EMP must be implemented when the structure is repaired.

MONITORING

 The Applicant will carry out a site inspection during and at the completion of the raining season following completion of activities.  Due to the nature of the activity it is envisaged that one operational environmental audit will be undertaken after the first full year of operation in order to assess the efficacy of the maintenance and management activities that have been undertaken. Thereafter, an operational environmental audit will be undertaken once every two years for four years (2 additional audits). All costs for the audit will be for the Applicants account.  The Cape Winelands Regional Road Maintenance Office will conduct maintenance on stormwater outlets, culverts, silt traps and litter traps on behalf of the Department of Transport and Public Works.

TARGETS / CRITERIA

 Maintenance interventions that result in minimal disturbance to the watercourses.

REMEDIAL ACTION

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 21 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

 Increase the frequency of monitoring.

 Increased use of erosion control measures.

 Specialist advice may be sought as necessary.

GOAL 4 MAINTENANCE OF CULVERTS AT STREAM CROSSINGS

OBJECTIVE

TO ENSURE THAT CULVERTS AT STREAM CROSSINGS ARE FUNCTIONAL, WITHOUT BLOCKAGES, ALLOWING FOR FREE FLOWING OF WATER, AND TO RESTRICT ANY EROSION AT THE INFLOW AND OUTFLOW OF THE CULVERTS.

RISKS

 Culverts can block up with debris during flood events.  Damage to the structure as a result of flood events.  Erosion of the bank at the inflow and outflow of the culvert.  Siltation and litter accumulation.

ACTION

 Any blockages of culverts need to be removed as part of the maintenance and management of the road.

 During audits and as part of maintenance streams need to be monitored for signs of bank erosion.

 Bank stabilization will be required where erosion has occurred.

 Revegetation of banks will be required at the sign of any erosion.

 If revegetation is not effective the responsible party should consider stabilizing banks with gabions.

 Silt build-up should be cleared manually where possible.

MONITORING

 The Applicant will carry out a site inspection during and at the completion of the raining season following completion of activities.  Due to the nature of the activity it is envisaged that one operational environmental audit will be undertaken after the first full year of operation in order to assess the efficacy of the maintenance and management activities that have been undertaken. Thereafter, an operational environmental audit will be undertaken once every two years for four years (2 additional audits). All costs for the audit will be for the Applicants account.  The Cape Winelands Regional Road Maintenance Office will conduct maintenance on stormwater outlets, culverts, silt traps and litter traps on behalf of the Department of Transport and Public Works. .

TARGETS / CRITERIA

 Maintenance interventions that result in minimal disturbance to stream banks.

REMEDIAL ACTION

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 22 ‐ Draft Maintenance Management Plan ‐ MR 191

 Increase the frequency of monitoring.

 Specialist advice (botanist, freshwater specialist, or civil engineer) may be sought as necessary.

 Consultation with DEA&DP and DW&S

© Doug Jeffery Environmental Consultants (Pty) Ltd. Ref: 2004/31 June 2017 23